RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page1
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:10 PM
Black plate (1,1)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page3
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:10 PM
Black plate (3,1)
AWord to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2004 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan June 2004(Print1)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page4
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:10 PM
Black plate (4,1)
How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
NOTE
A NOTE provides information and
sometimes suggests how to make better
use of your vehicle.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The above symbol, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
The above symbol in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to your
vehicle, or both, could result if the
caution is ignored.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page5
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:10 PM
Black plate (5,1)
Table of Contents
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, SRS air bags and
child-restraint systems.
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Technical information about your Mazda.
Navigation System
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page6
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:10 PM
Black plate (6,1)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page8
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:10 PM
Black plate (8,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies according to model and grade.
1-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page9
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:10 PM
Black plate (9,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-8
AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-10
Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-39
1-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page11
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:10 PM
Black plate (11,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
1-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page12
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (12,1)
1-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page13
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (13,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
2
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, SRS air bags and
child-restraint systems.
Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page14
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (14,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Front Seats (Manually
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Securing the Seats:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are dangerous.
In a sudden stop or collision, the seat
or seatback could move, causing
injury. Make sure the adjustable
components of the seat are locked in
place by attempting to slide the seat
forward and backward and rocking
the seatback.
WARNING
Modification of the Front Seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
qSeat Slide
WARNING
Driver's Seat Adjustment:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident. Adjust the
driver's seat only when the vehicle is
stopped.
Damaged Front Seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag components.
If there was a subsequent collision, the
air bag may not deploy which could
lead to injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the
front seats, front seat belt
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
pretensioners and air bags after a
collision.
2-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page15
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (15,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Reclining:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don't get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you can
slide under the lap belt and suffer
serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back and
upright.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
Unlocked Seatback:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when there
are no other passengers, rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked in
place.
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined seatback
to its upright position, make sure you
support the seatback while operating
the seatback lever. If the seatback is not
supported, it will flip forward suddenly
and could cause injury.
2-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page16
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (16,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
To fold the seatback, pull the strap and
lower the seatback forward.
qHeight Adjustment (Driver's
Seat)
By moving the seat lever up or down, the
seat bottom height can be adjusted.
Up
Down
To return it to the upright position, lift the
seatback and push it into place. Rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked.
qFolding the Passenger's Seat
WARNING
Unlocked Seatback:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when there
are no other passengers, rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked in
place.
2-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page17
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (17,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Front Seats (Electrically
Operated Seats)
CAUTION
l
l
The seat-bottom power adjustment is
operated by motors. Avoid extended
operation because excessive use can
damage the motors.
WARNING
Modification of the Front Seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
To prevent the battery from running
down, avoid using the power
adjustment when the engine is
stopped. The adjuster uses a large
amount of electric power.
components essential to the
l
Don't use the switch to make more
than one adjustment at a time.
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
qSeat Slide (Driver's Seat)
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter
switch on the outside of the seat to the
front or back and hold it. Release the
switch at the desired position.
Damaged Front Seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag components.
If there was a subsequent collision, the
air bag may not deploy which could
lead to injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the
front seats, front seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after a
collision.
2-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page18
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (18,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qSeat Recline (Driver's Seat)
qHeight Adjustment (Driver's
Seat)
Front height adjustment
WARNING
To adjust the front height of the seat-
bottom, raise or lower the front of the
slide lifter switch on the left side of the
seat.
Reclining:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don't get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you can
slide under the lap belt and suffer
serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back and
upright.
Change the seatback angle by pressing the
front or rear side of the reclining switch.
Release the switch at the desired position.
Rear height adjustment
Raise or lower the back of the switch to
adjust the rear height of the seat-bottom.
2-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page19
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (19,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
To fold the seatback, pull the strap and
lower the seatback forward.
qLumbar Support Adjustment
(Driver's Seat)
The amount of lumbar support can be
adjusted by pressing the switch.
To increase the seat firmness, press and
hold the front part of the switch to the
desired position, then release it.
Press the rear part of the switch to
increase softness.
To return it to the upright position, lift the
seatback and push it into place. Rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked.
qSeat Warmer
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
qFolding the Passenger's Seat
Press the switch to turn the seat warmer
on or off. When the switch is in the ON
position, the indicator light will come on.
WARNING
Unlocked Seatback:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when there
are no other passengers, rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked in
place.
2-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page20
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (20,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
NOTE
Rear Seat
The thermostat regulates seat
temperature by turning the current on
and off.
WARNING
Stacking Cargo:
Stacking luggage or other cargo
higher than the seatbacks, and placing
articles on the rear package tray is
dangerous. During sudden braking or
a collision, objects can fly around and
become projectiles that may hit and
injure passengers. Don't stack cargo
higher than the seatbacks or place
articles on the rear package tray.
Not Securing Luggage and Cargo:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury. Make sure
luggage and cargo is secured before
driving.
2-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page21
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (21,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
WARNING
Do Not Sit on the Rear Center
Console:
Allowing someone to sit on the rear
center console between the rear seats
is dangerous. The rear center console
is not designed for occupant seating.
During a collision, occupants not
wearing a seat belt could be thrown
from the vehicle and seriously injured
or even killed. Do not allow anyone to
sit on the center console between the
rear seats.
2-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page22
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (22,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way
when not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make
sure the child-restraint system is secured properly.
WARNING
Not Wearing Seat Belts:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out
of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision,
occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer. Always wear your seat belt and
make sure all occupants are properly restrained.
Seat Belt Damaged During an Accident:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbing
of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a
collision. Whether a front seat was occupied or not, if the front air bags deployed the
seat belt pretensioners also deployed and both front seat belts must be replaced. Have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident
before they are used again.
Twisted Seat Belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt isn't available
to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt, which could
cause serious injury or death. Don't wear twisted seat belts.
2-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page23
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (23,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
One Belt, One Passenger:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used
in this way can't spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more
than one person at a time.
Seat Belt Caught or Pinched in the Door:
Wearing a seat belt that is caught or pinched in the door is dangerous. The seat belt
could become loose and not provide adequate protection in a sudden stop or collision.
Always make sure the seat belt is not caught or pinched in the door.
Seat Belt with Seat Belt Slide Bar:
Placing your foot or other objects such as an umbrella on the seat belt slide bar is
dangerous. The front seat belt is built in the rear door and the lower part of the seat
belt slides forward or backward along the seat belt slide bar as the rear door opens or
closes. If the seat belt slider is blocked, the seat belt could be improperly positioned
and would provide little or no protection in a collision. Always make sure nothing is
placed on the seat belt slide bar.
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep them
clean.
Ring
2-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page24
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (24,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
qEmergency Locking Mode
If the belt has fully retracted, it will always be in the emergency locking mode until you
move it into automatic locking mode by pulling the belt all the way out to its full length. In
the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision.
If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in
motion, you may be in the automatic locking mode because you have pulled the belt too far
out. To return to the more comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until you can stop
the vehicle in a safe level area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking
mode and then again extend it around you.
qAutomatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To get the seat belt into the automatic
locking mode, pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint
system. It will retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the
section on child restraint (page 2-20).
2-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page26
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (26,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
3-Point Type Seat Belt
WARNING
qFastening the Seat Belts
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of
the Seat Belt:
1. Grasp the buckle and tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
Belt
Tongue
4. Make sure the shoulder belt is snugly
fitted against your body.
3. Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a click.
Take up slack
Keep low on
hip bone
Tongue
Too high
WARNING
Positioning the Lap Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Buckle
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
2-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page27
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (27,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belts
Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner and Load
Limiting Systems
Depress the button on the buckle.
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems.
In moderate or greater frontal or near-
frontal accidents, the front air bag and
pretensioner systems deploy
simultaneously. The pretensioners take up
slack in the front seat belts as the air bags
are expanding. The seat belt pretensioner
system will not activate if the seat belt is
not fastened, only you can be sure it is
worn properly. The load limiting system
releases belt webbing in a controlled
manner to reduce belt force on the
occupant's chest.
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it
for kinks and twists. If it is still not
retracting properly, have it inspected at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Incorrect Positioning of the Driver
and Front Passenger Seat Belts:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
passenger seat belts is dangerous.
Without proper positioning, the
pretensioner and load limiting systems
cannot provide adequate protection in
an accident and this could result in
serious injury. Wear seat belts only as
recommended in this owner's manual.
2-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page28
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (28,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
WARNING
Expended Seat Belt Pretensioners:
Use of front seat belts with the
pretensioner system expended is
dangerous.
Pretensioner System Disposal:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with non-
deactivated pretensioners is
The seat belt pretensioners will only
function once. After they are
expended, they will not work again
and must be replaced immediately.
If the seat belt pretensioners are not
replaced, the risk of injury in a
collision will increase.
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap a
pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
Always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer inspect the seat belt
NOTE
pretensioners and air bags after any
collision. The seat belt pretensioners
and air bags must be replaced after
any collision, which causes them to
deploy.
l
The pretensioner system will only
activate in a moderate or greater
frontal or near-frontal collision. It
will not activate in most rollovers,
side or rear impacts.
l
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
Modification or Testing of the
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not
indicate a fire. This gas normally has
no effect on occupants, however,
those with sensitive skin may
experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the
air bags or the front pretensioner
system gets on the skin or in the
eyes, wash it off as soon as possible.
Pretensioner System:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable which
would prevent it from activating in an
accident. The occupants or repairers
could be seriously injured. Never
modify the components or wiring, or
use electronic testing devices on the
pretensioner system.
2-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page29
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (29,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning
Light
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is normal, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. After about 6 seconds
it goes out.
WARNING
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes,
illuminates or doesn't illuminate at all
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position. If any of these occur, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
Unnecessary Use of an Extender:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly. In
an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
WARNING
Using an Improper Extender:
Self-Servicing the Air Bag/
Pretensioner Systems:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt will
not provide adequate protection and
the user could be seriously injured in
an accident. Only use the extender
provided for you and for the particular
vehicle and seat. NEVER use the
extender in a different vehicle or seat.
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled. This
could cause serious injuries. Never
tamper with the systems and always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
performs all servicing and repairs.
2-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page30
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (30,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Warning Light
WARNING
Using an Extender That is Too Long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Don't use the extender or choose one
shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and the
center of the user's body is less than
15cm (6 in).
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the seat belt warning light
will remain on until the belt is fastened.
If the system does not operate correctly,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt
extender and store it in the vehicle. If
the seat belt extender is left connected,
the rear door cannot be opened because
the seat belt does not fully retract and
the seat belt warning light will not
illuminate and function properly.
2-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page31
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (31,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, a beep sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
2-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page32
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (32,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
WARNING
Proper Size of Child-Restraint System:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the Manufacturer's Instructions and Always Keep the Child-Restraint System
Buckled Down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
2-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page33
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (33,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Holding a Child While the Vehicle is Moving:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden
stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces
that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed
into the adult, injuring the adult. Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint
system.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child. NEVER use a rear-facing
child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy even in a
moderate collision.
Front Passenger Seat Position:
A front-facing child-restraint system should only be put on the front seat when it is
unavoidable. Always move the seat as far back as possible, because the force of a
deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child.
2-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page34
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (34,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Children and Seating Position with Side and Curtain Air Bags:
Allowing anyone to lean over or against the front or rear doors is dangerous. If the
vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact of inflation could cause
serious injury or death to the person. Children are more likely to sleep in the vehicle;
when they do, they are more at risk in the front passenger's seat that have a side air
bag because they may slump over into the path of the air bags. Furthermore, leaning
over or against the doors could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the
advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional side
air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location for
children who are prone to sleeping. Do not allow a child to lean over or against the
doors, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
One Belt, One Passenger:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used
in this way can't spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be
crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more
than one person at a time.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your child
touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially
designed LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to
2-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page35
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (35,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qRear Seat Child-Restraint System
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Installation
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped child-
restraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's
seat is clearly the worst choice for any
child under 12, and with rear-facing child-
restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to
air bags.
NOTE
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the two positions on the
rear seat.
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If
you are not sure whether you have a
LATCH system or tether, check in the
child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions and follow them
accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may not
employ seat belts which are in
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
automatic locking mode.
1. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems
Work Only on Tether-Equipped Rear
Seats:
2. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
Installation of a tether equipped child-
restraint system in the front
passenger's seat defeats the safety
design of the system and will result in
an increased chance of serious injury
if the child-restraint system goes
forward without benefit of being
tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.
2-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page36
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (36,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
3. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in the
automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
Anchor bracket location
Tether strap position
Tether
strap
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of
the child-restraint system. You should
not be able to pull the shoulder belt out
of the retractor while the system is in
the automatic locking mode. When you
remove the child-restraint system, be
sure the belt fully retracts to return the
system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
Anchor
bracket
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or tether
anchor and result in injury. Use the
tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system.
4. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, hook and
tighten the tether strap by following the
manufacturer's instructions.
2-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page37
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (37,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qIf You Must Use the Front Seat
WARNING
for Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seat, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
Do not put rear-facing child-restraint
systems on the front passenger's seat.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Front Passenger's Seat Position:
As your vehicle has front air bags and
doubly so if your vehicle has side air
bags, a front-facing child-restraint
system should be put on the front seat
only when it is unavoidable.
Always move the seat as far back as
possible, because the force of a
deploying air bag could cause serious
injury or death to the child.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
rear seat.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on
the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
Don't allow anyone to sleep against the
right front or rear doors if you have an
optional side and curtain air bag, it could
cause serious injuries to an out of position
occupant. As children more often sleep in
cars, it is better to put them in the rear
seat. If installing the child-restraint system
on the front seat is unavoidable, follow
these instructions when using a front-
facing child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
The child-restraint system can be hit
by a deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in serious
injury or death to the child. NEVER
use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy even in a moderate
collision.
NOTE
l
To check if your front seats have side
air bags:
Every Mazda side air bag will have a
“SRS-Air Bag” label on the outboard
shoulder of the front seats.
l
To check if your vehicle has curtain
air bags:
Every Mazda curtain air bag will
have an “SRS-Air Bag” marking on
the front and rear window pillars
along the roof edge.
2-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page38
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (38,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
WARNING
Children and Seating Position with
Side and Curtain Air Bags:
Allowing anyone to lean over or
against the front door, the area of
front seat, front and rear window
pillars and the roof edge along both
sides which the side and curtain air
bags deploy even though using a
child-restraint system is dangerous. If
the vehicle is equipped with side and
curtain air bags, the impact of
inflation could cause serious injury or
death to the child. Furthermore,
leaning over or against the front door
could block the side and curtain air
bags and eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. With the
front air bag and the additional side
air bag that comes out of the front
seat, the rear seat is always a better
location for children. Do not allow a
child to lean over or against the doors,
even if the child is seated in a child-
restraint system.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in automatic
locking mode. If the belt does not lock
the seat down tight, repeat the previous
step and also this one.
NOTE
l
Inspect this function before each use
of the child-restraint system. You
should not be able to pull the
shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic
locking mode. When you remove the
child-restraint system, be sure the
belt fully retracts to return the system
to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
qFront Passenger's Seat Child-
Restraint System Installation
1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
l
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-
restraint system, it may not employ
seat belts which are in automatic
locking mode.
2-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page39
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (39,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Some LATCH child-restraint systems
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you
must use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Manufacturer's Instructions for Child-Restraint System:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure
the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions.
Unsecured Child-Restraint System:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the seat
just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an
improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten
it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-
restraint systems.
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could move
in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other
occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no seat
belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
2-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page40
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (40,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Anchor bracket location
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Rear
Seats)
1. Expand the open seams on the rear of
the seat bottom slightly to verify the
locations of the LATCH lower anchors.
Tether strap position
Tether strap
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower
anchors indicate the locations of
LATCH lower anchors for the
Anchor
bracket
attachment of a child-restraint system.
2. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction.
WARNING
Child-Restraint Tether Usage:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or tether
anchor and result in injury. Use the
tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system.
3. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that probably
means it is very important to properly
secure the tether for child safety, please
carefully follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions
when installing tethers.
2-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page41
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (41,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 6 air bags (verify
“SRS AIRBAG” location indicator marks).
They are located in:
l
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
l
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
l
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)
l
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)
These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; if
you have side and curtain air bags, the side and curtain air bags are not likely to deploy on
both sides in the same accident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The side
and curtain air bags and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during the
same type of accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
only in the front seats in certain situations and the rear outside passenger positions only in
same-side collisions, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
l
Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enough
to activate the air bags.
l
Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
l
Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
l
Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
Children should be protected by a child-restraint system. Laws vary on the size a child
must be to use a child-restraint system (page 2-20).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
2-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page42
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (42,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Air Bags without Seat Belts:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone,
air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected to
inflate only in collisions with frontal, near frontal or side forces that are at least
moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.
Child in the Front Seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. A sleeping child is
more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, right-
side collision. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the
rear seat with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
Rear-Facing Child-Restraint System:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child. NEVER use a rear-facing
child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy even in a
moderate collision.
Seating Position with Front Air Bags:
Sitting too close to the air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely
dangerous. Front Air bags inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could
occur if someone is too close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the
steering wheel. The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat
occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright
against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
2-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page43
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (43,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Seating Position with Side and Curtain Air Bags:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremely
dangerous. The side air bags inflate with great force and speed directly out of the
outboard side of the front seat and expand along the front door on the side the car is
hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning
against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks.
Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows in the vehicle
could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in
the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.
Front Air Bag Modules:
Attaching an object to the front air bag modules or placing something in front of them
is dangerous. In an accident, the object could interfere with front air bag inflation and
injure the occupants.
Always keep the front air bag modules free of objects.
Side Air Bag Modules:
Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side air
bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open spewing exhaust.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats.
Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in your
front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Curtain Air Bag Modules:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open
spewing exhaust.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to
deploy in the event of a side collision.
2-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page44
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (44,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Hot Air Bag Inflators:
Hot air bag inflators are dangerous. Immediately after inflation, the inflators in the
steering wheel, dashboard, seatbacks, or the front and rear window pillars and along
the roof edge are very hot. You could get burned. Don't touch the internal components
of the air bag modules after the bags have inflated.
Installation of Front-End Equipment:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bull
bar, push bar, etc.), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The air bag crash sensor
system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly, or it could
prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident. Front occupants could be
seriously injured. Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle.
Suspension Adjustment:
Adjusting the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is changed, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Modification of the Supplemental Restraint System:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Don't make any
modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the side and curtain air bag wiring and connections to
assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the side and curtain air bag wiring, don't place luggage or other
objects under the front seats.
2-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page45
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (45,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be
released. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may
cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
l
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems
and that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is
important.
2-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page46
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (46,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Air Bag System Description
The supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:
l
The air bag system with inflators and air bags.
l
The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.
The air bags are mounted in the following locations: the center of the steering wheel, the
passenger-side of the dashboard, in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks and the front
and rear window pillars, along the roof edge. They are out of sight until activated.
*3
Dual stage inflators and air bags
*2
Seat belt buckle switches
Inflators and air bags
Front air bag sensor
Side and curtain air bag
crash sensor
Crash sensors and
diagnostic module
(SAS unit)
Seat slide position sensor
*1
(only for driver's seat)
Side and curtain air bag crash sensor
Inflators and air bags
*1 The driver's seat slide position sensor determines whether the driver's seat is fore or aft
of a reference position. The sensor is designed to control the deployment of the driver's
air bag depending on how close the driver's seat is to the steering wheel.
*2 The buckle switches on the front seat belts determine whether or not the front seat belts
are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags on the front
seats.
*3 The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas
during more severe impacts, they deploy with more energy.
Deployment of the front air bags may differ between the driver and the front passenger
depending on the driver's seat position and front seat belt usage, which allow for further
controlling of the system.
2-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page47
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (47,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qHow the Air Bags Work
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal or side impact of greater than moderate force,
an electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the air bags and after the inflation, the air bags quickly
deflate.
The air bags will function only once. After that, the air bags will not work again and
must be replaced.
Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the systems.
The front air bags will deploy
only on the frontal impact.
The side air bag will deploy only on the side
the vehicle receives the force of the impact.
The curtain air bag will deploy only on the side
the vehicle receives the force of the impact.
The side and curtain air bags will deploy
together on the same side.
2-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page48
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (48,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
Driving into a big hole or hitting the far
side of a hole.
qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation
Front air bag activation
A greater than moderate impact will cause
the front air bags to inflate in the
following cases:
l
Hitting a solid wall straight on at
greater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).
Limitations to front air bag activation
Depending on the severity of impact, the
front air bags may not inflate in the
following cases:
l
Impacts involving trees or poles cause
severe cosmetic damage but may not
have enough impact to activate the air
bag.
l
Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard
object.
l
Landing hard or the vehicle falling.
l
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
may not provide the stopping force
necessary for air bag deployment.
l
Frontal impact within about a 30
degree range from head-on to the
vehicle.
2-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page49
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (49,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
Rear-ending or running under a truck's
Side and curtain air bag activation
tail gate may not provide the stopping
force necessary for air bag deployment.
Greater than moderate impact to one side
of the vehicle (driver or passenger side
areas) will cause the side and curtain air
bags to inflate, but it will not normally
deploy the front air bags.
Non-activation of front air bags
Front air bags will not normally inflate in
the following cases:
Limitations to side and curtain air bag
activation
l
Collision from the rear.
Depending on the severity of impact, the
side and curtain air bags may not inflate in
the following cases:
l
Frontal offset impact may not provide
enough side impact to deploy the side
and curtain air bags.
l
Impact to the side, but it may deploy
the side and curtain air bags.
l
Side impacts involving trees or poles
can cause severe cosmetic damage but
may not have enough impact force to
activate the side and curtain air bags.
l
Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the side
and curtain air bags but not the front air
bags.
2-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page50
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (50,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
Vehicle roll-over may not provide
enough side force to deploy the side
and curtain air bags.
qConstant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag
systems are monitored by a diagnostic
system:
l
SAS unit
l
Front air bag sensor
l
Air bag modules
l
Side and curtain air bag crash sensor
l
Side impacts with two-wheeled
l
Front seat belt pretensioners
vehicles may not provide enough force
to deploy the side and curtain air bags.
l
Related wiring
l
Driver's seat slide position sensor
l
Front seat belt buckle switches
A diagnostic module continuously
monitors the systems' readiness. This
begins when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position and continues while
the vehicle is being driven.
Non-activation of side and curtain air
bags
The side and curtain air bags will not
normally inflate in the following cases:
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning
Light
l
Collision from the rear.
l
Collision from the front, but it may
deploy the front air bags.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is normal, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. After about 6 seconds
it goes out.
2-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page51
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (51,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes,
illuminates or doesn't illuminate at all
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position. If any of these occur, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
WARNING
Damaged Air Bag Sensors:
Driving with damaged air bag sensors
is dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the sensors. If there was
a subsequent collision, a damaged
sensor would not inflate the air bags.
Always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer inspect the air bag systems
after a collision.
WARNING
Self-Servicing the Air Bag/
Pretensioner Systems:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled. This
could cause serious injuries. Never
tamper with the systems and always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
performs all servicing and repairs.
Removing Interior Parts:
Removing any components such as the
front seat, front dashboard, the
steering wheel or parts on the front
and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, containing air bag parts or
sensors is dangerous. These parts
contain essential air bag parts. The air
bag could accidentally activate and
cause serious injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer remove
these parts.
qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular
maintenance. But if any of the following
occurs, take your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
Air Bag Disposal:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a
vehicle with live air bags in it can be
extremely dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury can
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of an air
bag or how to scrap an air bag
equipped vehicle.
l
The air bag system warning light
flashes.
l
The air bag system warning light
remains illuminated.
l
The air bag system warning light
remains off when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
l
The air bags inflate.
2-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page52
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (52,1)
2-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page53
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (53,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
3
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
íSome models.
3-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page54
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (54,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Here's what the keys are used for:
Keys
Lock Operates
Master key Valet key
Ignition switch and
steering column lock
Yes
Yes
WARNING
Driver's door
Glove box
Storage box
Trunk lid
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Keys and Children:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move. Don't leave the
keys in your vehicle with children and
keep them in a place where your
children will not find or play with
them.
If you must leave your vehicle with
another person, such as a parking
attendant, protect items by locking the
glove box, storage box and trunk lid with
the master key. Keep that key and give the
other person only the valet key.
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
Refer to Immobilizer System (page
3-24) for information regarding keys
and engine starting on vehicles
Also write down the code number and
keep it in another safe and handy place,
but not in the vehicle.
equipped with the immobilizer system.
Your Mazda has two kinds of keys.
If your key is lost, consult your
Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code
number ready.
Master key
Valet key
Key code number plate
3-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page55
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (55,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Key unfold/fold method (Retractable
key type)
Keyless Entry System
This system locks and unlocks the doors
and opens the trunk.
It can also help you signal for attention in
an emergency.
To unfold the key, press the release
button.
To fold the key, press the release button
and rotate the key into the holder.
Press the button slowly and accurately.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the transmitter, do
not:
l
Drop it.
l
Get it wet.
l
Disassemble it.
l
Expose it to heat or sunlight.
3-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page56
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (56,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qTransmitter
NOTE
l
The keyless entry system is designed
Lock button
to operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft)
from the center of the vehicle, but
this may vary because of local
conditions.
Unlock button
Panic button
l
The system doesn't operate when the
key is in the ignition switch.
l
Doors cannot be locked by pressing
the LOCK button while any other
door is open. The hazard warning
lights will also not flash.
Trunk button
NOTE
l
If the transmitter does not operate
when pressing a button or the
operation range becomes too small,
the battery may be dead. To install a
new battery, refer to Maintenance
(page 3-6).
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
l
Additional transmitters can be
obtained at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. Up to 3 transmitters can be
used with the keyless entry system
per vehicle. Bring all transmitters to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer when
the electronic codes need to be reset.
l
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry CANADA. Operation is
subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
NOTE
If the lock and unlock buttons are
pressed sequentially, the hazard
warning lights may not flash correctly.
3-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page57
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (57,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Lock button
NOTE
To lock the doors, press the lock button
and the hazard warning lights will flash
once.
The trunk button is disabled when the
glove box-mounted trunk lid release
lock-out button is in the OFF position.
Refer to Remote Trunk Lid Release
Lock-Out on page 3-14.
To confirm that all the doors have been
locked, press the lock button again within
5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,
the horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will flash once.
Panic button
You can use the panic button to turn on
the alarm, which allows you to signal for
attention in an emergency.
NOTE
l
All doors cannot be locked when any
NOTE
door is open and the key is in the
ignition switch.
The alarm will work whether any door
is open or closed.
l
Confirm that all the doors are locked
visually or audibly by use of the
double click.
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button for about a
second will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and do the
following:
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
l
The horn sounds intermittently.
l
The hazard warning lights flash.
To unlock all the doors, press the unlock
button again within 5 seconds and the
hazard warning lights will flash twice.
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter or
insert the key into the ignition switch.
NOTE
After unlocking with the transmitter, all
doors will automatically lock if one of
the doors is not opened within about 30
seconds.
Trunk button
To open the trunk, press the trunk button.
3-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page58
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (58,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Replacing the transmitter battery
qTransmitter Maintenance
1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot
and push the tab to remove the key
from the transmitter.
CAUTION
l
Make sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing upward.
Battery leakage could occur if it is
not installed correctly.
Tab
l
When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also be
careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could damage it.
l
Danger of battery explosion if it is
incorrectly replaced.
l
Replace only with the same type
battery (CR1620 or equivalent).
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slot
and gently pry open the transmitter.
l
Dispose of used batteries according
to the following instructions.
l
Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Never disassemble.
l
l
Never throw the battery into fire
and/or water.
Never deform or crush.
l
3-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page59
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (59,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3. Press the portion of the battery
qService
indicated by A and remove the battery.
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
A
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
4. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing down.
)
authority to operate the equipment.
5. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
6. Install the key to the transmitter.
3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page60
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (60,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
Door Locks
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked
with the key.
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,
toward the back to lock.
WARNING
Unattended Children and Pets:
Leaving a child or an animal
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. In hot weather,
temperatures inside a vehicle can
become high enough to cause brain
damage or even death. Always take all
children and animals with you or
leave a responsible person with them.
Unlock
Lock
Keys and Children:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move. Don't leave the
keys in your vehicle with children and
keep them in a place where your
children will not find or play with
them.
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to keyless entry system
(page 3-3).
qLocking, Unlocking with Door-
Unlocked Doors:
Lock Knob
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall out
if a door is accidentally opened and
can more easily be thrown out in an
accident. So keep all doors locked
when driving.
To lock either front door from the inside,
push the door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it out.
Door-lock knob
Lock
NOTE
Always remove the key from the
ignition switch, close all windows, and
lock all doors and the trunk lid when
leaving your vehicle unattended. This
discourages intruders and thieves.
Unlock
3-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page61
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (61,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
To lock either front door with the door-
lock knob from the outside, push the
door-lock knob to the lock position and
close the door.
Locking, unlocking with key
All doors lock automatically when the
driver's door is locked with the key. All
doors unlock when the driver's door is
unlocked and the key is held in the unlock
position a second longer.
Door-lock knob
Unlock
Lock
NOTE
When locking the doors this way, be
careful not to leave the key inside the
vehicle.
NOTE
Holding the key in the unlocked
position in the driver's door lock for
about a second unlocks all doors. To
unlock only the driver's door, insert the
key into the driver's door lock and turn
the key briefly to the unlock position
and then immediately return it to the
center position.
qPower Door Locks
NOTE
All doors cannot be locked when any
door is open and the key is in the
ignition switch.
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
All doors lock automatically when LOCK
is pushed. They all unlock when the
unmarked part of the door-lock switch is
pushed.
3-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page62
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (62,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Driver's door
qFreestyle Doors
The pillarless freestyle doors are front and
rear-hinged for ease of ingress and egress
to the rear seat.
Opening the freestyle doors
Unlock
1. Open the front door first.
Lock
Passenger's door
Front door
Unlock
Lock
2. Pull the rear door handle and open the
rear door.
Rear door handle
3-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page63
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (63,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Closing the freestyle doors
CAUTION
1. Close the rear door first, and then close
the front door.
Before closing a front door make sure
other passengers are not operating a
rear door and a rear passenger's head or
hands are away from the rear door. If
the front door is closed while a
passenger is operating the rear door
handle, a hand or fingers could be
injured if the handle is forced back.
Also, a rear passenger could hit their
head against the door during access to
the rear seat.
Front door
Rear door
NOTE
l
The rear door cannot be opened
while the front door is closed.
CAUTION
Before closing a front door make sure
other passengers are not operating a
rear door and a rear passenger's head or
hands are away from the rear door. If
the front door is closed while a
passenger is operating the rear door
handle, a hand or fingers could be
injured if the handle is forced back.
Also, a rear passenger could hit their
head against the door during access to
the rear seat.
l
Make sure the front seatbelt is
unfastened before the rear door is
opened. The rear door can't be
opened with the front seatbelt
fastened because the front seatbelt
may lock.
l
If any door is left open for more than
about an hour, the front seatbelt will
lock, and the rear door cannot be
opened. If this happens, close all
doors and open the rear door again.
l
This vehicle is not equipped with
NOTE
child safety locks due to the design
of the front and rear doors. The rear
doors must be closed before the front
doors, and the rear doors cannot be
opened until the front doors are
opened.
The front door cannot latch or lock
while the rear door is opened.
2. Make sure the freestyle doors are
securely closed.
3-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page64
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (64,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Trunk Lid
WARNING
Driving with Doors Not Secured:
Driving with the doors not securely
closed is dangerous. If the rear door is
not completely closed, the front door
will not be securely closed. This could
cause the front door to open
unexpectedly while driving and may
result in an accident. Make sure the
rear door is closed securely before
closing the front door.
WARNING
Open Trunk and Exhaust Gas:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle
is dangerous. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is colorless,
odorless, and highly poisonous. If
inhaled, it can cause loss of
consciousness and death. Because
exhaust gas can get into the cabin
through an open trunk, keep the trunk
closed when driving.
3-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page65
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (65,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Opening the trunk lid with the key
qOpening and Closing the Trunk
Insert the master key into the slot and turn
it clockwise.
The valet key will not operate this lock
(page 3-2).
WARNING
Open Trunk Lid and Children:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure. Close the trunk lid and do
not allow children to play inside the
vehicle.
Open
Unattended Children and Pets:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
kids who lock themselves in cars or
trunks can die very quickly from heat
prostration. Don't leave your children
or pets alone in a car at any time.
Don't leave the car or the trunk
unlocked. Always keep the car from
being a tempting place to play by
locking doors and the trunk, and
keeping the keys where children won't
play with them.
Opening the trunk lid with the
transmitter
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-3).
Opening the trunk lid with the remote
release button
Push the release button.
3-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page66
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (66,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Closing the trunk lid
With the switch in the ON position, the
remote trunk lid release can be operated.
Grasp the inner handle and pull the trunk
lid down, then push the trunk lid down
until it locks securely. Be careful not slam
it. Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it
is secured.
qTrunk Light
The trunk light is on when the lid is open
and off when it's closed.
Handle
qRemote Trunk Lid Release Lock-
NOTE
Out
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the trunk open
for a long period when the engine is not
running.
As an added security feature, the remote
release may be canceled to prevent
anyone from opening the trunk without
the master key.
With the switch in the OFF position, the
remote trunk lid release cannot be
operated.
OFF position
ON position
3-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page67
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (67,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Inside Trunk Release Slide
Lever
WARNING
Open Trunk Lid and Children:
Your vehicle is equipped with an inside
trunk release slide lever that provides a
means of escape for children and adults in
the event they become locked inside the
trunk.
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure. Close the trunk lid and do
not allow children to play inside the
vehicle.
No matter how careful adults might be
with keys and locking their cars, parents
should be aware that children may be
tempted to play around vehicles and use
the trunk as a hiding place.
Unattended Children and Pets:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
kids who lock themselves in cars or
trunks can die very quickly from heat
prostration. Don't leave your children
or pets alone in a car at any time.
Don't leave the car or the trunk
unlocked. Always keep the car from
being a tempting place to play by
locking doors and the trunk, and
keeping the keys where children won't
play with them.
Adults are advised to familiarize
themselves with the operation and
location of the inside trunk release slide
lever so that all children can be told about
it in an appropriate way, keeping in mind
that most vehicles don't have such levers.
3-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page68
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (68,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOpening the Trunk Lid from the
Power Windows
Inside
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for the power windows to
operate.
Slide the illuminated inside trunk release
slide lever in the direction of the arrow.
The lever is made of material that will
glow for hours in the darkness of the
trunk following a brief exposure to
ambient light.
WARNING
Closing Power Windows:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head, or
even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury or
even death.
The inside trunk release slide lever is
located on the inside of the trunk end trim.
This warning applies especially to
children. Make sure the opening is
clear before closing a window.
Children and Power Windows:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would allow
children to operate power windows
unintentionally which could result in
serious injury if a child's hands, head
or neck becomes caught by the
window. Always lock all passenger
power windows with the power
window lock switch on the driver's
side while children are in the vehicle,
and never allow children to play with
power window switches.
3-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page69
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (69,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qOperating the Driver's Side
qOperating the Passenger Power
Power Window
Windows
Manual opening/closing
The power window may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver's door is in the unlocked
position.
To open the window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
The passenger window may be opened or
closed by the power window master
control switches on the driver's door.
Power window lock switch
Open
Close
Left front window
Auto-opening
Right front window
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down.
To open the window to the desired
position, hold down the switch.
To close the window to the desired
position, pull up the switch.
To stop the window partway, lightly pull
up the switch and then release it.
Open
Close
3-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page70
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (70,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qPower Window Lock Switch
Rear Quarter Windows
With the lock switch in the unlocked
position, all power windows on each door
can be operated.
Open or close a swing-out rear quarter
window by releasing the latch and moving
the window.
With the lock switch in the locked
position, only the driver's side power
window can be operated.
NOTE
When parked in public areas, it is best
to keep the rear quarter windows closed
for security.
Locked position
qOpening a Window
Pull the latch inward and then push the
window outward.
Unlocked position
WARNING
Unintentional Window Operation:
Unintentional window operation is
dangerous. A person's hands, head, or
neck could be caught by the window
and result in serious injury. Unless a
passenger needs to operate a window,
keep the power window lock switch in
the locked position.
3-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page71
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (71,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qClosing a Window
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
Pull the latch inward and then push it
backward until it snaps shut. Make sure
the window is securely closed.
WARNING
Fuel Spray:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness if
ingested. Fuel spray is released when
there is pressure in the fuel tank and
the fuel cap is removed too quickly.
When removing the fuel cap, loosen
the cap slightly and wait for any
hissing to stop. Then remove it.
Fuel Vapor:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries. Before
refueling, stop the engine, and always
keep sparks and flames away from the
filler neck. Additionally, use of the
incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a
fuel filler cap may result in fuel leak,
which could result in serious burns or
death in an accident.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel
cap or an approved equivalent,
available at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. The wrong cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel and
emission control systems. It may also
cause the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.
3-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page72
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (72,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qFuel-Filler Lid
CAUTION
To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
Make sure the fuel-filler cap is
tightened securely. The check engine
light may illuminate on when the cap
isn't tightened securely. If the light
remains on (even after you have
tightened the cap securely, driven, and
restarted the engine several times), it
may indicate a different problem.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
Remote fuel-filler
lid release
qFuel-Filler Cap
To remove the filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To close the filler cap, turn it clockwise
until it clicks.
Open
Close
3-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page73
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (73,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Slide the hood latch to the right and lift
the hood.
Hood
WARNING
Closed and Securely Locked Hood:
A hood that is not closed and securely
locked is dangerous as it could fly
open while the vehicle is moving and
block the driver's vision which could
result in a serious accident. Always
check that the hood is closed and
securely locked.
3. Use the support rod to hold the hood
open.
qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Clip
Support rod
Release handle
qClosing the Hood
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Insert the support rod in its clip while
holding up the hood. Verify that the
support rod is secured in the clip before
closing the hood.
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.
3-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page74
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (74,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Moonroofí
NOTE
After washing your Mazda or after a
rain, wipe the water off the moonroof
before operating it to avoid water
penetration which could cause rust and
water damage to your headliner.
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
Slide switch
qTilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.
To fully tilt automatically, push the rear of
the tilt switch.
To stop tilting partway, push any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
Tilt switch
To close to the desired position, push the
front of the tilt or slide switch.
WARNING
Extending the Head or Arms Through
the Moonroof:
Extending the head, arms, or other
parts of the body through the
moonroof is dangerous. The head or
arms could hit something while the
vehicle is moving. This could cause
death or serious injury. Don't let
passengers stand up or extend
anything through the open moonroof
while the vehicle is moving.
Tilt up
Close
Close
Closing the Moonroof:
qSlide Operation
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a person
―especially a child― could be caught
in it as it closes, causing serious injury
or even death. Make sure the opening
is clear before closing the moonroof.
To fully open automatically, push the rear
of the slide switch.
To stop sliding partway, push any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
3-22
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page75
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (75,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
To close to the desired position, push the
front of the tilt or slide switch.
Open
Close
Close
qSunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed
by hand.
The sunshade opens automatically when
the moonroof is opened, but must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade
CAUTION
The sunshade doesn't tilt. To avoid
damaging the sunshade, don't push up
on it.
3-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page76
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (76,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Immobilizer System
CAUTION
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
When starting the engine do not allow
the following, as the engine may not
start due to the electronic signal from
the ignition key not being transmitted
correctly.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
l
A key ring rests on the key grip.
CAUTION
l
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
l
Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
l
To avoid damage to the key, do not:
l
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Expose the key to any kind of
l
l
magnetic field.
Expose the key to high
l
temperatures on places such as the
dashboard or hood, under direct
sunlight.
l
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles
equipped with an immobilizer
system touch or come near the key
grip.
l
Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage touch or come near
the key.
3-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page77
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (77,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Disarming
NOTE
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210
of Industry CANADA. Operation is
subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
qOperation
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON to the ACC
position.
The security indicator light in the
instrument panel flashes every 2 seconds
until the system is disarmed.
3-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page78
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (78,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qMaintenance
NOTE
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
If the security indicator light comes
on and stays on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position,
the engine will not start.
NOTE
l
Signals from a TVor radio station, or
from a transceiver or a mobile
l
The keys carry a unique electronic
telephone, could interfere with your
immobilizer system. If you are using
the proper key and your engine fails
to start, check the security indicator
light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or
more, then reinsert it and try starting
the engine again. If it doesn't start
after 3 or more tries, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
code. For this reason, and to assure
your safety, obtaining replacement
key requires some waiting time.
They are only available through an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
Always keep a spare key, in case one
is lost. If a key is lost, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
l
If you lose a key, an Authorized
Mazda Dealer will reset the
l
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving,
don't shut off the engine. Go to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have
it checked. If you shut off the engine
while the light is flashing you won't
be able to restart it.
electronic codes of your remaining
keys and immobilizer system. Bring
all the remaining keys to the
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that
has not been reset is not possible.
l
Since the electronic codes are reset
when repairing the immobilizer
system, the keys are needed. Bring
all the existing keys to the
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed to it.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to it.
3-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page79
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (79,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qHow to Arm the System
Theft-Deterrent Systemí
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
The optional theft-deterrent system is
designed to prevent your vehicle or its
contents from being stolen when all the
doors, hood, and trunk lid are locked.
2. Close the hood. Then close and lock all
doors and the trunk lid from the outside
using the key or press the LOCK
button on your keyless entry system
transmitter. The hazard warning lights
will flash once to indicate that the
system is armed.
If forcible entry is attempted, the system
sounds the horn and flashes the hazard
warning lights.
NOTE
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
Close the hood and the trunk lid . Press
the area on the door-lock switch
marked “LOCK” once. Close all doors.
l
The theft-deterrent system operates
with the key or the keyless entry
system transmitter.
l
The system will not function unless
it is properly armed. To properly
secure the vehicle, always make sure
all the windows are completely
closed and all doors and the trunk lid
are locked before leaving the vehicle.
Remember to take your key and
transmitter.
NOTE
Locking the doors with the inside door-
lock knob will not arm the system.
qTo Turn off an Armed System
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
qOperation
l
Unlock a door with the key.
System triggering conditions
l
Press the UNLOCK button on the
The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash for about 3
minutes when the system is triggered by
any one of the following:
keyless entry system transmitter.
l
Insert the key into the ignition switch
and turn it to the ON position.
l
Forcing open a door, the hood or the
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.
trunk lid.
l
Opening a door, the hood or the trunk
lid by operating an inside door-lock
knob, the hood release handle or the
trunk lid release button.
NOTE
The trunk lid can be opened with the
key or the transmitter even when the
system is armed. The alarm will not
come on and the system will remain
armed.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door is
unlocked or the trunk lid is opened with
the key or with the transmitter.
íSome models.
3-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page80
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (80,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qTo Stop an Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off by
any one of the following methods:
l
Unlock a door or the trunk lid with the
key.
l
Press the UNLOCK button or
button on the keyless entry system
transmitter.
NOTE
If you have any problem with the theft-
deterrent system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
qTheft-Deterrent Labels
Labels indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System
are in the glove box.
Mazda recommends that you affix them to
the lower rear corner of the front door
windows.
3-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page81
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (81,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
WARNING
Check the mirrors' angles before driving.
Adjusting the Steering Wheel:
Adjusting the steering wheel while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident. Never adjust the
steering wheel while the vehicle is
moving.
WARNING
Convex Mirror (Passenger Side):
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears. Be
sure to look over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
qTilt Steering Wheel
To change the angle of the steering wheel,
stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel release
lever under the steering column down,
adjust the wheel, then push the release
lever up to lock the column.
Power control mirror
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
To adjust:
Tilt wheel release
lever
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch to choose the left or
right side mirror.
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Outside mirror
Selector switch
After adjusting, push the wheel up and
down to be certain it's locked before
driving.
Mirror switch
3-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page82
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (82,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by placing the selector switch in the
middle position.
qRearview Mirror
WARNING
Folding the mirror
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
locked.
Blocked View:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes. Don't stack
things higher than the seatbacks.
Rearview mirror adjustment
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
NOTE
For the manual day/night mirror,
perform the adjustment with the day/
night lever in the day position.
WARNING
Driving with Mirrors Folded In:
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident. Always return the outside
mirrors to the driving position before
you start driving.
Reducing glare from headlights
Manual day/night mirror
Push the day/night lever forward for day
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare of
headlights from cars at the rear.
Mirror defrosterí
Day/Night lever
If your vehicle has mirror defrosters, turn
them on by turning the ignition switch to
the ON position and pushing the rear
window defroster switch (page 5-54).
Day
Night
3-30
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page83
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (83,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Auto-dimming mirror
NOTE
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces glare of headlights from cars at
the rear when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
l
Do not use glass cleaner or suspend
objects on or around the light sensor.
Otherwise, light sensor sensitivity
will be affected and may not operate
normally.
Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel the
automatic dimming function. The
indicator light will go off.
To reactivate the automatic dimming
function, press the ON button ( ). The
indicator light will illuminate.
Light sensor
OFF button
ON button
Indicator light
Light sensor
l
For information regarding the 3
buttons (
,
,
) on the auto-
dimming mirror, refer to HomeLink
Wireless Control System (page
3-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page84
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (84,1)
3-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page85
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (85,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
4
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Towing ......................................................................................... 4-12
4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page86
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (86,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)
Premium unleaded fuel
91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
You may use a regular unleaded fuel with an Octane Rating from 87 to 90 (91 to 95 RON)
but this will slightly reduce performance.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control system
to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
l
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter or the oxygen sensor. The lead will
accumulate on the oxygen sensor and the catalyst inside the converter. This will result
in a malfunction of the emission control system, causing poor performance.
l
Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol by
volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of any
kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
l
Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those specified
by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
l
Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
l
Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
l
Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
4-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page87
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (87,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Parking Over Flammable Objects:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system could ignite it because the exhaust system
gets very hot during normal use. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.
Never park over or near anything flammable.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside
the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage the
converter and cause poor performance.
l
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
l
Don't drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
l
Don't coast with the ignition switch turned off.
l
Don't descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.
l
Don't operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.
l
Don't tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must
be made by a qualified technician.
l
Don't try to push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control
system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some
states, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page88
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (88,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
NOTE
After driving some distance and turning off the engine, the sound of a valve opening and
closing can be heard from inside and outside of the cabin interior, however this does not
indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checking device and it operates after
turning off the engine.
4-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page89
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (89,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Carbon Monoxide:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Exhaust Gas in Enclosed Area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss of
consciousness or even death could occur. Don't run the engine when inside an
enclosed area.
Idling with the Windows Closed:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and
the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which contains
poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even
death could occur. Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw
fresh air.
Snow Blocking the Exhaust Gas:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaust
pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Because
exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, anyone in the cabin could be
injured or killed. Clear the snow from underneath and around your vehicle,
particularly the tail pipe, before starting the engine.
4-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page90
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (90,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
After Getting In
l
l
l
l
Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
Are all doors closed and locked?
Is the seat adjusted properly?
l
Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
l
Look under the vehicle for any sign of
a leak.
l
l
l
Is everyone's seat belt fastened?
Check all gauges.
l
If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing will be in your way.
Check all warning lights when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
NOTE
l
Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch
fluid, washer fluid, and other fluid
levels should be inspected. See
Maintenance, Section 8.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
4-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page91
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (91,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Break-In Period
Money-Saving Suggestions
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
l
l
Don't race the engine.
Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
l
Don't maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
l
Avoid fast starts.
l
Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
l
Don't drive constantly at full-throttle or
high engine rpm (over 7,000 rpm) for
extended periods of time.
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
l
l
Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
l
Avoid full-throttle starts.
l
Slow down on rough roads.
l
Keep the tires properly inflated.
l
Don't carry unnecessary weight.
l
Don't rest your foot on the brake pedal
while driving.
l
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
l
Keep windows closed at high speeds.
l
Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
WARNING
Coasting:
Stopping the engine when going down
a hill is dangerous. This causes the
loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause damage
to the drivetrain. Any loss of steering
or braking control could cause an
accident. Never stop the engine when
going down a hill.
4-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page92
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (92,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Hazardous Driving
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
WARNING
Downshifting on Slippery Surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident. If it is
necessary to downshift on slippery
surfaces, be very careful.
Spinning the Wheels:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is dangerous.
The spinning tire could overheat and
explode. This could cause serious
injuries. Don't spin the wheels at more
than 56 km/h (35 mph), and don't
allow anyone to stand behind a wheel
when pushing the vehicle.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazard:
CAUTION
l
Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transmission failure, and
tire damage.
l
Avoid sudden braking and quick
steering.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from 1 (D) to R.
l
If your vehicle is not equipped with
ABS, brake with the pedal by using a
light up-down motion. Don't hold the
pedal down constantly.
If your vehicle is equipped with ABS,
don't pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
l
If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Don't spin the rear
wheels.
l
For more traction in starting on
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,
carpeting, or other nonslip material
under the rear wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the rear
wheels.
4-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page93
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (93,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Winter Driving
CAUTION
l
Carry emergency gear, including tire
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
chains, window scraper, flares, a small
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag
of sand or salt.
NOTE
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system
may not function correctly when using
tires with steel wire reinforcement in
the sidewalls (page 5-27).
l
Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
l
Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
l
Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (driver's door), but never
more than the maximum cold-tire pressure
shown on the tires.
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
summer tires designed for optimum
traction on wet and dry roads. If your
vehicle is to be used on snow and ice
covered roads, you may find it necessary
to replace the original equipment tires
with snow tires, during the winter months.
l
Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but don't use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-21).
l
Don't use the parking brake in freezing
weather as the parking brake may
freeze. Instead, shift to P with an
automatic transmission and to 1 or R
with a manual transmission. Block the
rear wheels.
qSnow Tires
WARNING
Mixing Tire Types:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result in
an accident. Use only the same size
and type tires (snow, radial, or non-
radial) on all four wheels.
4-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page94
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (94,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Installing the chains
qTire Chains
1. Secure the chains on the rear tires as
tightly as possible. Always follow the
chain manufacturer's instructions.
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/
CAUTION
2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).
l
Chains may scratch or chip
aluminum wheels. Install tire chains
on steel wheels only.
l
Chains may affect handling.
l
Don't go faster than 50 km/h (30
mph) or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is
lower.
l
Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, and sharp turns.
l
Avoid locked-wheel braking.
l
Don't use chains on a temporary
spare tire; it may result in damage to
the vehicle and to the tire. Your
vehicle is not equipped with a
factory installed temporary spare
tire.
l
Don't use chains on roads that are
free of snow or ice. The tires and
chains could be damaged.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system
may not function correctly when using
tire chains.
Install the chains on the rear tires.
Don't use chains on the front tires.
Use only SAE Class “S” chains, and make
sure they fit.
4-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page95
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (95,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving In Flooded Area
Overloading
WARNING
WARNING
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Vehicle Load Weight:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal.
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident or
vehicle damage. You can estimate the
weight of your load by weighing the
items (or people) before putting them
in the vehicle. Be careful not to
overload your vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure water does not enter the
vehicle interior or the engine area. The
vehicle interior could become wet or
the engine could be damaged.
4-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page98
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (98,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic transmission
Ignition Switch
To turn the key from the ACC to the
LOCK position, the shift lever must be in
the P position.
qIgnition Switch Positions
Shift lever
engaged in P
(park)
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
WARNING
Removing the Key:
Manual transmission
It's dangerous to remove the key from
the ignition switch while the vehicle is
moving. Removing the key allows the
steering wheel to lock. You will lose
steering control and a serious accident
could occur.
To turn the key from the ACC to the
LOCK position, push the key in at the
ACC position, then turn it to the LOCK
position.
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked.
Not Setting the Parking Brake:
Leaving the driver's seat without
setting the parking brake is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur if the parking
brake is not set. This could cause an
accident. Before leaving the driver's
seat, always set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P with
an automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission.
Push the key
5-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page99
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (99,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Starting the Engine
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the
steering wheel from side to side.
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the
spark ignition system.
ACC (Accessory)
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment
Standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field strength of radio
noise.
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-36).
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
NOTE
(With headlight auto-leveling)
When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, the sound of the
headlight leveling motors operating at
the front of the engine compartment can
be heard. This does not indicate an
abnormality.
4. (Manual transmission)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
(Automatic transmission)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position. The brake
warning light can be checked after the
engine is started (page 5-36).
NOTE
(Manual transmission)
The starter will not operate if the clutch
pedal is not pushed down all the way.
qIgnition Key Reminder
(Automatic transmission)
The starter will not operate if the shift
lever is not in P or N.
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position, a beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at
a time) until the engine starts.
5-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page100
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (100,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Brake System
CAUTION
qFoot Brake
Don't try the starter for more than 10
seconds at a time. If the engine stalls or
fails to start, wait 10 seconds before
trying again. Otherwise, you may
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
damage the starter and drain the battery.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 10 seconds.
NOTE
l
In extremely cold weather, below
WARNING
–18°C (0°F), or after the vehicle has
not been driven in several days, let
the engine warm up without
Coasting with the Engine Off:
Continuing to coast when the engine
is stalled or turned off is dangerous.
Braking will require more effort, and
the brake's power-assist could be
depleted if you pump the brake. This
will cause longer stopping distances or
even an accident. Don't continue
coasting when the engine is stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop.
operating the accelerator.
l
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without use of
the accelerator.
l
To protect the engine, when the
engine coolant temperature is low,
the engine does not run at high
speeds. The fuel supply will be cut at
an rpm lower than the red zone.
Riding the Brakes:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily applying
the brakes for long distances is
dangerous. This causes overheated
brakes, resulting in longer stopping
distances or even total brake failure.
This could cause loss of vehicle
control and a serious accident. Avoid
continuous application of the brakes.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills.
5-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page101
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (101,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Setting the parking brake
WARNING
Depress the brake pedal, then pull the
brake handle fully upward.
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal.
qParking Brake
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal, then pull the
handle up and press the button. Lower the
handle all the way down while holding in
the button.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on will
cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
NOTE
For parking in snow, refer to Winter
brake use.
5-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page102
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (102,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Even if the light goes off, have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible.
qBrake System Warning Light
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light on.
This warning has the following functions:
In this case, the ABS warning light comes
on at the same time (page 5-41).
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
WARNING
Brake Warning Light:
Low brake fluid level warning/
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
Driving with the brake system warning
light on is dangerous. It indicates that
your brakes may not work at all or
that they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains on, after
checking that the parking brake is
fully released, have the brakes
inspected immediately. Don't drive
with this light on, and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible.
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
Low brake fluid level warning
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-18).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
Don't drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page103
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (103,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
qABS Warning Light
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Don't
pump the brakes, continue to press down
on the brake pedal.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
WARNING
ABS:
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road contact
because of water on the road surface).
You can still have an accident. So
don't rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving.
WARNING
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
Don't drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
NOTE
Braking distances may be longer on
loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for
example) which usually have a hard
foundation. A vehicle with a normal
braking system may require less
distance to stop under these conditions
because the tires will build up a wedge
of surface layer when the wheels skid.
5-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page104
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (104,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Manual Transmission
Operation
When the engine is jump-started to
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs
and the ABS warning light comes on.
This is due to a weak battery, not a
malfunction.
qManual Transmission Shift
Pattern
Recharge the battery.
qBrake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a screeching noise
to warn that the pads should be replaced.
Neutral position
The shift pattern of the transmission is
conventional, as shown.
Press the clutch pedal all the way down
while shifting; then release it slowly.
Your vehicle is equipped with a device to
prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake.
Push the shift lever downward and shift to
R.
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Driving with Worn Disc Pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is
dangerous. The brakes could fail and
cause a serious accident. As soon as
you hear a screeching noise consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page105
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (105,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qRecommendations for Shifting
WARNING
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, we recommend
these shift points.
Sudden Engine-Braking:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. This could lead
to loss of vehicle control and an
accident. Do not use sudden engine
braking on slippery road surfaces or at
high speeds.
Gear
Vehicle speed
23 km/h (14 mph)
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
35 km/h (22 mph)
47 km/h (29 mph)
58 km/h (36 mph)
74 km/h (46 mph)
For cruising
Gear
1 to 2
Vehicle speed
23 km/h (14 mph)
34 km/h (21 mph)
45 km/h (28 mph)
56 km/h (35 mph)
68 km/h (42 mph)
2 to 3
CAUTION
3 to 4
4 to 5
l
Keep your foot off the clutch pedal
5 to 6
except when shifting gears. Also,
don't use the clutch to hold the
vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the
clutch will cause needless clutch
wear and damage.
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
reduces the chance of stalling and gives
better acceleration when you need more
speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
l
Make sure the vehicle comes to a
complete stop before shifting to R.
Shifting to R while the vehicle is still
moving may damage the
transmission.
NOTE
If shifting to R is difficult, shift back
into neutral, release the clutch pedal,
and try again.
5-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page106
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (106,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic Transmission Controls
Various Lockouts:
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition
switch must be in the ACC or ON position).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
qTransmission Ranges
CAUTION
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
l
l
Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage your
transmission.
P (Park)
P locks the transmission and prevents the
rear wheels from rotating.
Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transmission.
WARNING
R (Reverse)
Holding the Vehicle with P:
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous.
If P fails to hold, the vehicle could
move and cause an accident. To hold
the vehicle, set the shift lever to P AND
set the parking brake.
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
5-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page107
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (107,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
N (Neutral)
M (Manual)
In N, the wheels and transmission are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the shift lever or steering shift
switches.
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-12).
WARNING
qShift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
Shifting from N or P:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine is
running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move suddenly,
causing an accident or serious injury.
If the engine is running faster than
idle, don't shift from N or P into a
driving gear.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Move the shift lever.
Shifting into N while Driving:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury. Do not shift into N when
driving the vehicle.
NOTE
l
When the ignition switch is in the
LOCK position, the shift lever
cannot be shifted from P.
l
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in P.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause
transmission damage.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transmission will automatically
shift through a 4-gear sequence.
5-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page108
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (108,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Gear position indicator
qManual Shift Mode
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
This mode gives you the feel of driving a
manual transmission vehicle by operating
the shift lever or steering shift switches
and allows you to control engine rpm and
torque to the rear wheels much like a
manual transmission when more control is
desired.
Shift position
indicator
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
Gear position
indicator
NOTE
If the gears cannot be shifted down
when driving at higher speeds, the gear
position indicator will flash twice to
signal that the gears cannot be shifted
down.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift
the lever from M to D.
Shifting
You can shift gears up and down by
operating the shift lever or the steering
shift switches.
NOTE
l
If you change to manual shift mode
when the vehicle is stopped, the gear
will shift to M1.
NOTE
l
If the steering shift switches on both
l
If you shift up once when the vehicle
sides (left and right) are operated
simultaneously, the gear will shift
once.
is stopped and the gear is at M1, the
gear will shift to M2. M2 is helpful
for starting on slippery surfaces.
l
The gear will not shift if:
l
Indicators
The steering shift switch and the
shift lever are operated
simultaneously.
The UP switch and DOWN
switch are operated
simultaneously.
Shift position indicator
l
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indicator in the instrument panel
illuminates.
5-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page109
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (109,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Manually shifting up
To shift up to a higher gear with the
steering shift switches, tap either of the
UP switches toward you once with your
fingers.
(M1→M2→M3→M4)
NOTE
UP switches
l
When driving slowly, the gears may
not shift up depending on vehicle
speed.
l
In manual shift mode, gears do not
shift up automatically. Don't run the
engine with the tachometer needle in
the RED ZONE. If the tachometer
needle enters the RED ZONE, you
may feel engine-braking because the
fuel delivery will be stopped to
protect the engine. However, this
does not indicate an abnormality.
WARNING
l
l
Gears may not be shifted from M1 to
M2 right after shifting the lever from
D to M. Wait a few seconds and then
shift up to M2.
Hand Position When Using Steering
Shift Switches:
Putting your hands inside the rim of
the steering wheel when using the
steering shift switches is dangerous. If
the driver air bag were to deploy in a
collision, your hands could be
impacted causing injury. Keep your
hands on the steering wheel rim when
using fingers or thumbs on the
steering shift switches.
When depressing the accelerator
fully, the transmission will shift to a
lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
To shift up to a higher gear with the shift
lever, tap the shift lever back (+) once.
5-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page110
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (110,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Manually shifting down
To shift down to a lower gear with the
shift lever, tap the shift lever forward (–)
once.
(M4→M3→M2→M1)
WARNING
Sudden Engine-Braking:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed could
cause the tires to skid. This could lead
to loss of vehicle control and an
accident. Do not use sudden engine
braking on slippery road surfaces or at
high speeds.
To shift down to a lower gear with the
steering shift switches, press either of the
DOWN switches away from you once
with your thumb.
NOTE
DOWN switches
l
When driving at high speeds, the
gear may not shift down depending
on vehicle speed.
l
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending
on vehicle speed.
l
When depressing the accelerator
fully, the transmission will shift to a
lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
5-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page111
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (111,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
WARNING
If the vehicle is driven at a low speed
from a standing start while in M2, the
gear may not shift down to M1
automatically.
Hand Position When Using Steering
Shift Switches:
Putting your hands inside the rim of
the steering wheel when using the
steering shift switches is dangerous. If
the driver air bag were to deploy in a
collision, your hands could be
impacted causing injury. Keep your
hands on the steering wheel rim when
using fingers or thumbs on the
steering shift switches.
If the vehicle is kicked down at the
following speeds or lower, the gears shift
down automatically:
Gear
M4→M3
Vehicle speed
149 km/h (93 mph)
M4→M2
56 km/h (35 mph)
56 km/h (35 mph)
M3→M2
Shifting specification
Shifting up
Recommendations for shifting
Upshifting
If the vehicle speed is lower than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.
For normal acceleration and cruising, we
recommend these shift points.
Gear
M1 to M2
Vehicle speed
19 km/h (12 mph)
Gear
M1→M2
Vehicle speed
You can shift up to M2 whether
the vehicle is stopped or moving.
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
34 km/h (21 mph)
47 km/h (29 mph)
M2→M3
20 km/h (12 mph)
31 km/h (19 mph)
For cruising
M3→M4
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
Vehicle speed
Shifting down
18 km/h (11 mph)
32 km/h (20 mph)
45 km/h (28 mph)
If the vehicle speed is higher than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted down to a lower gear.
Downshifting
Gear
M4→M3
Vehicle speed
163 km/h (101 mph)
110 km/h (68 mph)
45 km/h (28 mph)
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
gives better acceleration when you need
more speed.
M3→M2
M2→M1
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to
the following:
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
Gear
M4→M3
M3 or M2→M1 8 km/h (5 mph)
Vehicle speed
31 km/h (19 mph)
5-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page112
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (112,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qDriving Tips
Power Steering
Passing
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transmission will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
If the steering feels rigid during normal
driving, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
NOTE
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
The steering may feel rigid if you
continuously attempt to steer when the
vehicle is stopped or moving extremely
slowly. This has been designed to
protect the system and doesn't indicate a
malfunction. If you don't attempt to
steer for a minute, power steering will
be restored.
3. Release all brakes while gradually
accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,
using the brakes only occasionally to
prevent them from overheating.
qPower Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
If this light illuminates while driving, it
indicates a malfunction of the power
steering system. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
5-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page113
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (113,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Cruise Control
The power steering system is inoperable
when the power steering malfunction
indicator light illuminates. Steering is
possible, but requires more physical
effort.
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
Cruise Control Use:
Using cruise control in the following
conditions could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle:
l
Hilly terrain
Steep inclines
Heavy or unsteady traffic
Slippery or winding roads
l
l
l
l
Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed
Don't use cruise control in these
situations.
qCruise Main Indicator Light
This light comes on when the ON/OFF
switch is pressed and the cruise control
system is activated.
5-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page114
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (114,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qCruise Set Indicator Light
WARNING
Cruise Main Switch:
Leaving the ON/OFF switch on when
not using the cruise control is
dangerous as it may be switched on
accidentally. This could result in loss
of vehicle control. Keep the ON/OFF
switch off when cruise control is not in
use.
This light comes on when a cruising speed
is set.
qActivation/Deactivation
qTo Set Speed
To activate the system, press the ON/OFF
switch.
1. Activate the cruise control system.
The cruise main indicator light
illuminates.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).
To deactivate the system, press the switch
again.
The cruise main indicator light turns off.
3. Press the SET/COAST button and
release it at the speed you want.
Release the accelerator at the same
time.
Don't continue to hold in the button. Until
you release it, speed will continue to drop
(unless you continue to accelerate) and
you'll miss the desired speed.
5-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page115
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (115,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the RES/ACCEL
button. Multiple taps will increase your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
NOTE
l
The SET function can't be activated
until about 2 seconds after the ON/
OFF switch has been engaged.
l
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down going up or
speed up while going down.
l
Accelerate to the desired speed.
Press the SET/COAST button and
release it immediately.
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
l
Press the RES/ACCEL button and hold
it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the button at the speed you
want.
NOTE
Accelerate if you want to speed up
temporarily when the cruise control is
on. Greater speed will not interfere with
it or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to
return to the set speed.
5-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page116
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (116,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)
Press the SET/COAST button and hold it.
The vehicle will gradually slow.
Release the button at the speed you want.
If some other method besides the ON/
OFF switch was used to cancel cruising
speed and the system is still activated, the
most recent set speed will automatically
resume when the RES/ACCEL button is
pressed.
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30
km/h (19 mph) and press the RES/
ACCEL button.
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the SET/COAST
button. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
qTo Cancel
To turn off the system, use one of these
methods:
l
Press the ON/OFF switch.
l
Slightly depress the brake pedal.
l
Depress the clutch pedal. (Manual
transmission only)
5-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page117
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (117,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
Press the CANCEL button.
Traction Control System
(TCS)í
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque and breaking.
When the TCS detects driving wheel
slippage, it lowers engine torque and
operates the brakes to prevent loss of
traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels
without causing them to spin and lose
traction.
The system is off when the ignition is off.
NOTE
Cruise control will cancel at about 15
km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed or
below 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
TCS and Unsafe Driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road contact
because of water on the road surface).
You can still have an accident. So
don't rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving.
TCS and Snow and Ice:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident. Use snow
tires or tire chains and drive at
reduced speeds when roads are
covered with ice and/or snow.
íSome models.
5-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page118
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (118,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)í
To turn off the TCS, press the DSC
OFF switch (page 5-24).
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to control side slip when
driving on slippery surfaces, or during
sudden or evasive maneuvering,
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
enhancing vehicle the safety.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
WARNING
DSC and Unsafe Driving:
The dynamic stability control (DSC)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(reduced tire friction and road contact
because of water on the road surface).
You can still have an accident. So
don't rely on the dynamic stability
control as a substitute for safe driving.
NOTE
l
In addition to the indicator light
flashing, a slight lugging sound will
come from the engine. This indicates
that the TCS is operating properly.
l
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh
snow, it will be impossible to
achieve high rpm when the TCS is
on.
5-22
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page119
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (119,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qDSC OFF Indicator Light
CAUTION
l
The DSC may not operate correctly
unless the following are observed:
l
Use tires of the correct size
specified for your Mazda on all
four wheels.
Use tires of the same
l
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off.
manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
Do not mix worn tires.
l
l
The DSC may not operate correctly
when using tire chains or the
temporary spare tire.
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
l
If repair or replacement of the
steering or other surrounding
equipment is necessary, have it done
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. If
the center position of the steering
deviates, the DSC may not operate
correctly because there is a sensor in
the steering which detects driving
conditions.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page120
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (120,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qDSC OFF Switch
NOTE
Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the
TCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator light
will illuminate.
If the battery is disconnected, the DSC
will be inoperable. In this case, the DSC
OFF indicator light flashes and the
TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.
To make the DSC operable, do the
following procedure.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully,
then turn it counterclockwise fully.
3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator
goes off.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position, then turn it to the ON
position again.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS/
DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicator
light will go out.
5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator
light goes off.
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the
DSC OFF indicator light remain
illuminated even after turning the
ignition switch to the ON position,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page121
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (121,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Tire Pressure Monitoring
Systemí
l
When DSC is on and you attempt to
free the vehicle when it is stuck, or
drive it out of freshly fallen snow,
the TCS (part of the DSC system)
will activate. Depressing the
accelerator will not increase engine
power and freeing the vehicle may
be difficult.
The tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) monitors the pressure for each
tire.
If tire pressure is too low or too high in
one or more tires, the system will inform
the driver via the warning light in the
instrument panel and by the warning beep
sound.
When this happens, turn off the TCS/
DSC.
l
l
If the TCS/DSC is off when the
engine is turned off, it automatically
activates when the ignition switch is
turned on.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each
wheel send tire pressure data by radio
signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Leaving the TCS/DSC on will
provide the best stability. When the
TCS/DSC is off, the TCS/DSC does
not activate but the brake LSD
function remains.
l
If the DSC OFF switch is pressed
and held for a second or more, the
TCS/DSC system may become
inoperative due to the system
detecting switch trouble. If the TCS/
DSC system becomes inoperative,
the TCS/DSC and the DSC OFF
indicator lights illuminate
Tire pressure sensors
TPMS does not alleviate your need to
check the pressure and condition of all
four tires before you drive each day.
simultaneously. In this case, turn off
the engine and restart it to restore the
TCS/DSC.
íSome models.
5-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page122
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (122,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
CAUTION
Warning Light
l
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light is lit, one or
more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. You should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible,
and inflate them to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehicle's
tire information placard. Driving on
a significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability. Each tire, including the spare,
should be checked monthly when
cold and set to the recommended
inflation pressure as specified in the
vehicle placard and owner's manual.
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
when tire pressure is too low or too high
in one or more tires, and flashes when
there is a system malfunction.
WARNING
Vehicle Handling When Tire Pressure
Monitoring System Warning Light
Illuminates/Flashes:
l
To avoid false readings, the system
samples for a little while before
indicating a problem. As a result it
will not instantaneously register a
rapid tire deflation or blow out.
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light illuminates or
flashes, or the tire pressure warning
beep sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light illuminates or
flashes, or the tire pressure warning
beep sound is heard, decrease vehicle
speed immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking. Have the
system and tires checked or perform
the appropriate repair as soon as
possible.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This
device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
5-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page123
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (123,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
WARNING
Do not use non-genuine tire sealant. It
may damage the tire pressure sensor.
Ignoring the Warning Light:
Ignoring the warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious situation
that could lead to tire failure and a
dangerous accident.
Vehicles with optional temporary spare
tire
If you have bought the optional temporary
spare tire, replace the punctured tire with
the temporary spare tire . Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
NOTE
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low or too
high in one or more tires.
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to
the temporary spare tire. The warning
light will flash continuously while the
temporary spare tire is being used.
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure at an Authorized Mazda Dealer
or the nearest service station. Refer to the
specification charts (page 10-6).
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
qSystem Error Activation
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be damaged.
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in
the following cases:
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture.
l
When there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
Vehicles with Instant Mobility System
(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit
l
When a metallic device such as a non-
genuine navigation system is equipped
near the center of the dashboard, which
may block radio signals from the tire
pressure sensor to the receiver unit.
If an emergency tire repair is needed,
repair the punctured tire with the
emergency flat tire repair kit (page 7-5).
5-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page124
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (124,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
l
When using the following devices in
the vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
Tire pressure sensor ID signal code
registration is completed when an
Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your
vehicle's tires.
l
A digital device such as a personal
computer.
A current converter device such as a
l
DC-AC converter.
When changing tires yourself
l
When excess snow or ice adheres to
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
the vehicle, especially around the
wheels.
l
When the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
1. After tires have been changed, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position, then
turn it back to the ACC or LOCK
position.
l
When using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
l
When using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
l
When using tire chains.
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 20 km/h
(12 mph) for several minutes and the
tire pressure sensor ID signal code will
be registered automatically.
qTires and Wheels
Changing tires and wheels
The following procedure allows the
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's
unique ID signal code whenever tires or
wheels are changed, such as changing to
and from winter tires.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15
minutes of changing tires, the tire
pressure monitoring system warning
light will flash because the sensor ID
signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the
vehicle for about 15 minutes, after
which the sensor ID signal code will
register upon driving the vehicle for
several minutes.
NOTE
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique
ID signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can
work. The easiest way to do it is to have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer change
your tire and complete ID signal code
registration.
5-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page125
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (125,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Replacing tires and wheels
NOTE
l
The tire pressure sensor ID signal
code must be registered when a new
tire pressure sensor is purchased. For
purchase of a tire pressure sensor and
registration of the tire pressure
sensor ID signal code, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
l
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
When reinstalling a previously
removed tire pressure sensor to a
wheel, replace the grommet for the
tire pressure sensor.
l
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it
may not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installation are possible.
l
The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
l
The same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
l
A new tire pressure sensor is installed
to a new wheel.
5-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page126
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (126,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the dashboard gauges illuminate.
5-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page127
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (127,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qSpeedometer
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
The display mode can be changed
between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the selector while one of them is
displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.
qSpeed Unit Selector
In some countries, you may have to
change the speed units between km/h and
mph.
Trip meter selector
Press the speed unit selector for 2 second
or more.
The speed units for the speedometer will
change between km/h and mph.
Trip meter
Odometer
Speed unit selector
Trip meter A
Speedometer
NOTE
Odometer
Odometer and trip meter distance units
will change between kilometers and
miles in accordance with the speed unit.
Press the selector
Trip meter B
Odometer
Press the selector
5-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page128
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (128,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding
the selector depressed for more than 1
second. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
NOTE
When the ignition switch is in the ACC
or LOCK position, the odometer or trip
meters cannot be displayed, however,
pressing the selector button can
inadvertently switch the trip meters or
reset them during an approximate ten-
minute period in the following cases:
consumption.
NOTE
l
After the ignition switch is turned to
the ACC or LOCK position from the
ON position.
l
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
l
The trip record will be erased when:
l
After any door is opened.
l
The power supply is interrupted
(blown fuse or the battery is
disconnected).
The vehicle is driven over 999.9
km (mile).
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
l
Trip meter
qTachometer
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
Automatic transmission
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
Striped zone
Red zone
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
5-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page129
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (129,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Manual transmission
qEngine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
Striped zone
Red zone
The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.
CAUTION
Don't run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine damage.
If the needle exceeds normal range toward
H, it indicates overheating.
NOTE
CAUTION
l
The beep sounds to indicate engine
Driving with an overheated engine can
cause serious engine damage (page
overrev when the tachometer needle
enters the striped zone.
l
To protect the engine, when the
engine coolant temperature is low,
the engine does not run at high
speeds. The fuel supply will be cut at
an rpm lower than the red zone.
5-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page130
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (130,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
If the engine oil pressure gauge moves to
L (low) while you are driving, drive to the
side of the road and park off the right-of-
way. Set the parking brake. Then follow
steps 1 through 3.
qFuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is in the tank. We recommend
keeping the tank over 1/4 full. When the
low fuel warning light illuminates or
when the needle is near E, refuel as soon
as possible.
1. Turn off the engine and inspect the
add oil.
2. Start the engine.
3. If the needle still doesn't move, have
your vehicle checked at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Low fuel warning light
Don't run the engine if the oil pressure
is low. It could result in extensive
engine damage.
qEngine Oil Pressure Gauge
NOTE
The Mazda RX-8 requires regular
checking of the engine oil level. The
compact, high performance RENESIS
rotary engine in your vehicle consumes
a small amount of engine oil due to its
structural design. An oil pump
optimizes the amount of oil injected to
lubricate the rotor seals in the
combustion cycle. Although your
vehicle is equipped with an engine oil
level warning light and an engine oil
pressure gauge, it is best to keep the
engine oil level in the range between
full and low by checking the oil
dipstick regularly. Mazda recommends
checking the oil level at every second
fuel filling. The oil consumption of the
engine depends on engine speed and
engine load. Under extreme driving
conditions, oil consumption can be
higher.
Engine oil pressure is normal when the
engine oil pressure gauge needle points
halfway between L and H with the engine
running.
If the needle on the gauge doesn't move
after starting the engine, follow steps 1
through 3.
5-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page131
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (131,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
When driving on snowy or foggy roads,
or in other situations when the instrument
cluster or information display's visibility
is reduced due to glare from surrounding
brightness, cancel the illumination
dimmer and increase the illumination
intensity.
qDashboard Illumination
Rotate the thumb wheel to adjust the
brightness of the instrument cluster and
other illuminations in the dashboard.
NOTE
l
The brightness of dashboard
To cancel the illumination dimmer, rotate
the thumb wheel upward fully. You may
hear a click sound and the illumination
dimmer will be canceled (instrument
cluster illumination color turns to white).
illuminations (except instrument
cluster) can be adjusted when the
headlight switch is in the or
position.
l
The brightness of the instrument
cluster illumination can be adjusted
when the headlight switch is in any
position.
NOTE
If the dashboard illumination switch is
kept at the illumination dimmer cancel
position, the instrument cluster and the
information display will not dim when
the headlight switch is turned to the
Bright
Dim
or
position again.
Canceling the illumination dimmer
When the headlight switch is in the or
position, the illumination of the
instrument cluster and the information
display dims (the instrument cluster
illumination color turns to red).
5-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page132
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (132,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Brake System Warning Light
Page
Charging System Warning Light
Engine Oil Level Warning Light
Engine Coolant Level Warning Light
Check Engine Light
ABS Warning Light
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
Low Fuel Warning Light
Seat Belt Warning Light
5-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page133
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (133,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Door-Ajar Warning Light
Page
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light
Automatic Transmission Warning Light
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light
Security Indicator Light
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
Shift Position Indicator Light
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
DSC OFF Indicator Light
Cruise Main Indicator Light
Cruise Set Indicator Light
Light-On Indicator Light
Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light
Headlight Auto-Leveling Malfunction Indicator Light
Turn-Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
5-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page134
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (134,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Even if the light goes off, have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible.
qBrake System Warning Light
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light on.
This warning has the following functions:
In this case, the ABS warning light comes
on at the same time (page 5-41).
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It goes off
when the parking brake is fully released.
WARNING
Brake Warning Light:
Low brake fluid level warning/
Electronic brake force distribution
system warning
Driving with the brake system warning
light on is dangerous. It indicates that
your brakes may not work at all or
that they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains on, after
checking that the parking brake is
fully released, have the brakes
inspected immediately. Don't drive
with this light on, and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible.
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
Low brake fluid level warning
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-18).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
Don't drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page135
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (135,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
2. Turn off the engine and inspect the
add oil.
qCharging System Warning Light
3. Check the light.
If the engine oil level warning light is
illuminated and you are unable to
immediately add engine oil, do not drive
at high speed, keep the engine speed low
and get to a location where oil can be
added as soon as possible. We recommend
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add oil, have your vehicle checked at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Don't run the engine if the oil level is
low. It could result in extensive engine
damage.
CAUTION
Don't continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated.
qEngine Oil Level Warning Light
This warning light indicates low engine
oil level.
If the light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way.
5-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page136
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (136,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
3. Check the light.
NOTE
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add engine coolant, have your vehicle
towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The Mazda RX-8 requires regular
checking of the engine oil level. The
compact, high performance RENESIS
rotary engine in your vehicle consumes
a small amount of engine oil due to its
structural design. An oil pump
CAUTION
Don't run the engine if the engine
coolant level is low. It could result in
extensive engine damage.
optimizes the amount of oil injected to
lubricate the rotor seals in the
combustion cycle. Although your
vehicle is equipped with an engine oil
level warning light and an engine oil
pressure gauge, it is best to keep the
engine oil level in the range between
full and low by checking the oil
dipstick regularly. Mazda recommends
checking the oil level at every second
fuel filling. The oil consumption of the
engine depends on engine speed and
engine load. Under extreme driving
conditions, oil consumption can be
higher.
qCheck Engine Light
If this light comes on while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light came on and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qEngine Coolant Level Warning
Light
The check engine light may come on in
the following cases:
l
The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
l
The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
l
This warning light indicates low engine
coolant level.
The emission control system has a
problem.
l
The fuel-filler cap is missing or not
If the light illuminates while driving:
tightened securely.
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way.
If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
2. Turn off the engine and inspect the
low, add engine coolant.
5-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page137
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (137,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qABS Warning Light
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to
charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs
and the ABS warning light comes on.
This is due to a weak battery, not a
malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning
Light
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is normal, the warning light
illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. After about 6 seconds
it goes out.
WARNING
ABS Warning Light and Brake
Warning Light on at the Same Time:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are on at the same time is dangerous.
When both lights are on, the rear
wheels could lock more quickly in an
emergency stop than under normal
circumstances.
Don't drive with both lights on, and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer
to have the brakes inspected as soon
as possible.
A system malfunction is indicated when
the warning light constantly flashes,
illuminates or doesn't illuminate at all
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position. If any of these occur, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible. The system may not work in an
accident.
5-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page138
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:11 PM
Black plate (138,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light
WARNING
Self-Servicing the Air Bag/
Pretensioner Systems:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled. This
could cause serious injuries. Never
tamper with the systems and always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
performs all servicing and repairs.
This warning light comes on when any
door isn't securely closed.
qLow Washer Fluid Level
Warning Lightí
qLow Fuel Warning Light
Low fuel warning light
This warning light indicates that little
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page
This warning light in the fuel gauge
signals that the fuel tank will soon be
empty.
qAutomatic Transmission Warning
Refuel as soon as possible.
Light
qSeat Belt Warning Light
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
The light illuminates when the
transmission has a problem.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the seat belt warning light
will remain on until the belt is fastened.
If the system does not operate correctly,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-42
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page139
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (139,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
CAUTION
WARNING
If the automatic transmission warning
light illuminates, the transmission has
an electrical problem. Continuing to
drive your Mazda in this condition
could cause damage to your
Vehicle Handling When Tire Pressure
Monitoring System Warning Light
Illuminates/Flashes:
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light illuminates or
flashes, or the tire pressure warning
beep sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light illuminates or
flashes, or the tire pressure warning
beep sound is heard, decrease vehicle
speed immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking. Have the
system and tires checked or perform
the appropriate repair as soon as
possible.
transmission. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Lightí
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Ignoring the Warning Light:
Ignoring the warning light is
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
when tire pressure is too low or too high
in one or more tires, and flashes when
there is a system malfunction.
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious situation
that could lead to tire failure and a
dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low or too
high in one or more tires.
íSome models.
5-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page140
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (140,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure at an Authorized Mazda Dealer
or the nearest service station. Refer to the
specification charts (page 10-6).
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qSecurity Indicator Light
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be damaged.
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture.
This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
from the ON to the ACC position and the
immobilizer system is armed.
Vehicles with Instant Mobility System
(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit
The light stops flashing when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
If an emergency tire repair is needed,
repair the punctured tire with the
emergency flat tire repair kit (page 7-5).
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes out.
CAUTION
Do not use non-genuine tire sealant. It
may damage the tire pressure sensor.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Vehicles with optional temporary spare
tire
If you have bought the optional temporary
spare tire, replace the punctured tire with
the temporary spare tire . Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions.
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to
the temporary spare tire. The warning
light will flash continuously while the
temporary spare tire is being used.
This light indicates one of two things:
l
The high-beam headlights are on.
5-44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page141
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (141,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qTCS/DSC Indicator Lightí
l
The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-
pass position.
qShift Position Indicator Light
(Automatic Transmission)
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qDSC OFF Indicator Lightí
Gear position indicator
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off.
Gear position indicator
When the shift lever is in the D or M
position, the numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
íSome models.
5-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page142
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (142,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qCruise Set Indicator Light
NOTE
If the battery is disconnected, the DSC
will be inoperable. In this case, the DSC
OFF indicator light flashes and the
TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.
To make the DSC operable, do the
following procedure.
This light comes on when a cruising speed
is set.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully,
then turn it counterclockwise fully.
qLight-On Indicator Light
3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator
goes off.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position, then turn it to the ON
position again.
5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator
light goes off.
This indicator light comes on when the
exterior lights are on.
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the
DSC OFF indicator light remain
illuminated even after turning the
ignition switch to the ON position,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qPower Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light
qCruise Main Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
This light comes on when the ON/OFF
switch is pressed and the cruise control
system is activated.
If this light illuminates while driving, it
indicates a malfunction of the power
steering system. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
5-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page143
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (143,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn-signal indicator lights
NOTE
flash (page 5-56).
The power steering system is inoperable
when the power steering malfunction
indicator light illuminates. Steering is
possible, but requires more physical
effort.
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated
(does not flash) or if it flashes
abnormally, the turn signal bulb may be
burned out.
qHeadlight Auto-Leveling
Malfunction Indicator Lightí
This indicator light stays on far a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the indicator light will
illuminate when the headlight auto-
leveling system has a malfunction.
If the indicator light illuminates, contact
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qTurn-Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights
When operating the turn-signal lights, the
left or right turn-signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn-signal light
is operating (page 5-51).
íSome models.
5-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page144
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (144,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Beep Sounds
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, a beep sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position, a beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a beep sound
will be heard when the driver's door is
opened.
qEngine Overrev Warning Beep
The beep sounds to indicate engine
overrev when the tachometer needle
enters the striped zone (page 5-32).
qTire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beepí
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds when there is any
abnormality in tire inflation pressures
(page 5-25).
5-48
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page145
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (145,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Lighting Control
WARNING
Xenon Fusion Bulb Replacement:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs by
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Do not replace the xenon
fusion bulbs by yourself. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer when the
replacement is necessary.
qHeadlights
NOTE
To turn on the lights, turn the headlight
switch on the end of the control lever.
If the headlights flash, or the brightness
weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted
and a replacement is necessary. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Switch Position
Headlights
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
qLights-On Reminder
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a beep sound
will be heard when the driver's door is
opened.
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery, don't
leave the lights on while the engine is
off.
qHeadlight High-Low Beam
Push the lever forward for high beam.
Pull it back for low.
í
Xenon fusion headlight bulbs
The low-beam bulbs of the headlights
have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a
bright white beam over a wide area.
High beam
Low beam
íSome models.
5-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page146
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (146,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
If the indicator light illuminates, contact
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qFlashing the Headlights
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
toward you. The headlight switch need
not be on, and the lever will return to the
normal position when released.
qDaytime Running Lights
(Canada)
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
NOTE
The Daytime Running Lights turn off
when the parking brake is applied.
qHeadlight Levelingí
The number of riders and weight of cargo
in the luggage compartment change the
angle of the headlights.
The angle of the headlights will be
automatically adjusted when turning on
the headlights.
Headlight auto-leveling malfunction
indicator light
This indicator light stays on far a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the indicator light will
illuminate when the headlight auto-
leveling system has a malfunction.
5-50
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page147
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (147,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Fog Lightsí
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
They help you to see as well as to be seen.
qTurn Signal
To turn the front fog lights on, rotate the
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
fog light switch to the
position.
The headlight switch must be in the
position to turn on the front fog lights.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
Right turn
Right lane
change
Fog light switch
OFF
Left lane
change
To turn them off, rotate the fog light
switch to the OFF position or turn the
headlight switch to the or OFF
position.
Left turn
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
NOTE
Lane-change signals
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without
flashing or if it flashes abnormally, the
turn signal bulb may be burned out.
íSome models.
5-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page148
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (148,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qWindshield Wipers
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
WARNING
Frozen Washer Fluid:
Using windshield washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection in freezing
temperatures is dangerous. The
washer fluid could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision. You
could have an accident. Don't use the
washer without first warming the
windshield and never use plain tap
water.
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever
down.
INT ― Intermittent
1 ― Normal
2 ― Fast
Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to INT and choose the
interval timing by rotating the ring.
NOTE
Because heavy ice and snow can jam
the wiper blades, the wiper motor is
protected from motor breakdown,
overheating and possible fire by a
circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the
blades, but only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper
switch and park off the right-of-way,
and remove the snow and ice.
INT ring
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and
the blades should operate normally. If
they don't resume functioning, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
5-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page149
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (149,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
One-touch wipers
NOTE
For a single wiping cycle, push the lever
up to MIST.
(With headlight washers)
When the headlights are on, the
headlight washers operate automatically
once every fifth time the windshield
washer operates.
Refer to Headlight Washer (page 5-54).
qWindshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
OFF
Washer
NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT
position, the wipers will operate
continuously until the lever is released.
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page150
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (150,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Headlight Washerí
Rear Window Defroster
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position and the headlights must be turned
on.
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
The headlight washers operate
automatically once every fifth time the
windshield washer operates.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster. The rear window
defroster operates for about 15 minutes
and turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates during
operation.
If you want to operate only the headlight
washers, pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you twice rapidly.
To turn off the rear window defroster
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
OFF
Indicator light
Washer
NOTE
When you pull the windshield wiper
lever twice, the windshield washer may
spray a little.
CAUTION
Don't use sharp instruments or window
cleaners with abrasives to clean the
inside of the rear window surface. They
may damage the defroster grid inside
the window.
5-54
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page151
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (151,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
Horn
This defroster is not designed for
melting snow. If there is an
accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the
defroster.
To sound the horn, press around the
mark on the steering wheel.
5-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page152
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (152,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Hazard Warning Flasher
HomeLink Wireless
Control Systemí
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway.
NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are
registered trademarks of Johnson
Controls.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
The HomeLink system replaces up to 3
hand-held transmitters with a single built-
in component in the auto-dimming mirror.
Pressing the HomeLink button on the
auto-dimming mirror activates garage
doors, gates and other devices
Hazard warning flasher
surrounding your home.
Indicator light
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
four turn signals will flash.
NOTE
HomeLink button
l
The turn signals don't work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
l
Check local regulations about the use
of hazard warning lights while the
vehicle is being towed. They may
forbid it.
5-56
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page153
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (153,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
WARNING
FCC ID: NZLSTDHL3
Safety Stop and Reverse Feature:
Using the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature as
required by federal safety standards is
dangerous. (This includes garage
doors manufactured before April 1,
1982.)
Using these garage door openers can
increase the risk of serious injury or
death. For further information,
contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515
or www.homelink.com or your
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CANADA:4112104541A
This device complies with FCC rules
part 15. Operation is subject to the
following conditions:
1- This device may not cause any
harmful interference and
2- This device must accept any
interference that may be received
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTE
The programming will not be erased
even if the battery is disconnected.
Safety While Programming or
Operating HomeLink System:
Programming or operating the
HomeLink system without verifying
the safety of areas surrounding garage
doors and gates is dangerous and
could result in an unexpected accident
and serious injury if someone were to
be hit. Always check the areas
surrounding garage doors and gates
for people or obstructions before
programming or during operation of
the HomeLink system.
qPre-programming the HomeLink
System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of
the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency signal.
l
Verify that there is a remote control
CAUTION
transmitter available for the device you
would like to program.
HomeLink has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifications
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
l
Disconnect the power to the device.
5-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page154
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (154,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
4. After the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light, release both the
HomeLink and hand-held transmitter
buttons.
qProgramming the HomeLink
System
CAUTION
When programming a garage door
opener or a gate, disconnect the power
to these devices before performing
programming, as continuous operation
of the devices could damage the motor.
NOTE
If the HomeLink indicator light does
not change to a rapidly blinking light,
contact HomeLink at
www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-
3515 for assistance.
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons
which can be individually selected and
programmed using the transmitters for
current, on-market devices as follows:
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink button and observe the
indicator light.
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink buttons (buttons one and
three) - releasing only when the
If the indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and your
device should activate when the
indicator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Do not hold the buttons for
longer than 30 seconds and do not
repeat step 1 to program a second and/
or third hand-held transmitter to the
remaining two HomeLink buttons.
HomeLink button is pressed and released.
NOTE
To program the remaining two
HomeLink buttons, begin with
“Programming” - step 2. Do not repeat
step 1.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)
away from the HomeLink button you
wish to program while keeping the
indicator light in view.
If the indicator light blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
“Programming” steps 6―8 to complete
the programming of a rolling code
equipped device (most commonly a
garage door opener).
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the
chosen HomeLink and hand-held
transmitter buttons. Do not release the
buttons until step 4 has been
completed.
6. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button. This can
usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the motor-
head unit.
NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door
openers may require you to replace this
Programming Step 3 with procedures
noted in the “Gate Operator/Canadian
Programming” section.
5-58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page155
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (155,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button. (The name and color of
the button may vary by manufacturer.)
qGate operator/Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission -
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian
law, some U.S. gate operators are
designed to “time-out” in the same
manner.
NOTE
There are 30 seconds in which to
initiate step 8.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the “press/hold/release” sequence a
second time, and, depending on the
brand of the garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to
complete the programming process.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
by using the “Programming” procedures
(regardless of where you live), replace
“Programming HomeLink” step 3 with
the following:
HomeLink should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
NOTE
If programming a garage door opener or
gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
NOTE
To program the remaining two
HomeLink buttons, begin with
“Programming” - step 2. Do not repeat
step 1.
Continue to press and hold the HomeLink
button while you press and release -
every two seconds (“cycle”) your hand-
held transmitter until the frequency signal
has successfully been accepted by
HomeLink. (The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly.)
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-
800-355-3515.
Proceed with “Programming” step 4 to
complete.
qOperating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button
to operate a programmed device. The
code will continue being transmitted for a
maximum of 20 seconds.
5-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page156
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (156,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qReprogramming the HomeLink
system
To program a device to HomeLink using a
HomeLink button previously trained,
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink button, proceed with
“Programming” - step 2.
qErasing Programmed HomeLink
Buttons
To erase the existing programming from
all three operating channels, press and
hold the two outside buttons (
,
)
on the auto-dimming mirror until the
HomeLink indicator light begins to flash
after approximately 20 seconds.
Verify that the programming has been
erased when you resell the vehicle.
5-60
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page158
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (158,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qParking in Direct Sunlight
Operating Tips
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
qNot Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the fan control
dial on for a long period of time when
the engine is not running.
qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
qClearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions like leaves, snow
and ice from the hood and the air inlet in
the cowl grille to improve the system
efficiency.
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qFoggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
qReplacement of the Cabin Air
Filter
If your vehicle is equipped with an air
filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary
to change the filter periodically as
indicated in scheduled maintenance (page
8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for replacement of the cabin air
filter.
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
should be used only when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
6-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page159
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (159,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation
Center vents
Side vents
Center Vents
qAdjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
Side Vents
To adjust the direction of airflow, move
the adjustment knob.
To adjust the direction of airflow, open the
vents and rotate them left and right.
Knob
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist
may come out from the vents. This is
not a sign of trouble but a result of
humid air being suddenly cooled.
6-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page160
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (160,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
Floor Vents
6-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page161
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (161,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Control Panel
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.
Windshield defroster switch
Rear window defroster switch
A/C Switch
Fan control dial
Air intake selector
Temperature control dial
Mode selector switch
Fan control dial
qControl Switches
Temperature control dial
Cold
Hot
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
0―Fan off
1―Low speed
2―Medium low speed
3―Medium high speed
4―High speed
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
6-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page162
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (162,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Mode selector switch
Air intake selector
Press the mode selector switch to select
This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
Press the switch to alternate between the
NOTE
and
positions. The indicator
To set the air vent to
, press the
light for the selected mode will illuminate.
windshield defroster switch.
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the switch be kept in the
outside air position.
A/C switch
Outside air position (
)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this position for normal ventilation and
heating.
Recirculated air position (
)
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
Push the switch to turn the air conditioner
on. The indicator light on the switch will
illuminate when the fan control dial is set
at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.
This position can be used when driving on
a dusty road or in similar conditions. It
also helps to provide quicker cooling of
the interior.
Push the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function
when the outside temperature
approaches 0 °C (32 °F).
6-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page163
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (163,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
WARNING
l
If the windshield fogs up easily, set
the mode selector switch to the
position.
The Recirculated Air Position:
Using the position in cold or
rainy weather will cause the windows
l
If cooler air is desired at face level,
set the mode selector switch at the
position and adjust the
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a
serious accident. Do not use the
position in cold or rainy weather.
l
l
The air to the floor is warmer than
air to the face (except when the
temperature control dial is set at the
extreme hot or cold position).
Windshield defroster switch
In the
position, air conditioning
is automatically turned on to defrost
the windshield (however, the
indicator light does not illuminate)
and the
position is
automatically selected.
Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
qCooling (With Air Conditioner)
Rear window defroster switch
1. Press the mode selector switch to the
position.
When using the rear window defroster
switch, refer to Rear Window Defroster
(page 5-54).
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
qHeating
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
1. Press the mode selector switch to the
position.
4. Turn on the air conditioner.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
5. Adjust the fan control dial and
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
6-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page164
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (164,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qWindshield Defrosting and
CAUTION
Defogging
When using the air conditioner while
driving up long hills or in heavy traffic,
closely monitor the temperature gauge
(page 5-33).
1. Press the windshield defroster switch.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the gauge indicates
overheating, turn the air conditioner off.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
WARNING
NOTE
Foggy Windshield:
l
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control dial to the
extreme cold position and set the air
Using the
position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position will cause the outside of the
windshield to fog up. Your vision will
be hampered, which could lead to a
serious accident. Set the temperature
control to the hot or warm position
intake selector to the
position,
then set the fan control dial to
position 4.
l
If warmer air is desired at floor level,
set the mode selector switch at the
position and adjust the
when using the
position.
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
NOTE
l
The air to the floor is warmer than
air to the face (except when the
temperature control dial is set at the
extreme hot or cold position).
l
For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control dial to the
extreme hot position and the fan
control dial to position 4.
l
l
If warm air is desired at the floor, set
the mode selector switch to the
position.
qVentilation
1. Press the mode selector switch to the
position.
In the
or
position, air
conditioning is automatically turned
on to defrost the windshield quickly
(however, the indicator light does not
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
illuminate) and the
position is
automatically selected. The air intake
selector switch cannot be changed to
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
the
position.
6-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page165
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (165,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qDehumidifying (With Air
Conditioner)
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
1. Press the mode selector switch to the
desired position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner.
6-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page166
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (166,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Antenna
Operating Tips for Audio
System
qRear Window Antenna
The rear window antenna receives both
AM and FM signals.
WARNING
Do Not Adjust Audio While Driving
the Vehicle:
CAUTION
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the vehicle
operation which could lead to a
serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
When washing the inside rear window,
use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm
water, gently wiping the antenna lines.
Use of glass cleaning products could
damage the antenna.
CAUTION
For the purposes of safe driving, adjust
the audio volume to a level that allows
you to hear sounds outside of the
vehicle.
NOTE
l
Do not use the audio for long periods
of time while the engine is off.
Otherwise the battery could go dead.
l
If a digital cellular phone or CB
radio is used in or near the vehicle, it
could cause noise to occur from the
audio system, however, this does not
indicate that the system has been
damaged.
6-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page167
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (167,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
qRadio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Ionosphere
FM wave
AM wave
Ionosphere
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Station 1
Station 2
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
FM Station
proximity to the transmitter.
40—50 km
(25—30 miles)
Reflected wave
Direct
6-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page168
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (168,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Flutter/Skip noise
Strong signal noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
Station 2
Station 1
88.1 MHz
88.3 MHz
6-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page169
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (169,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
If the cassette tape is loose, it may
produce poor sound or performance
during playback. Use a pencil or
qOperating Tips for Cassette Tape
Player
Cleaning the cassette tape player
something similar to remove any slack.
The tape head, capstans, and pinch rollers
will gather oxide residue from cassette
tapes. This can cause weak or wavering
sounds and damage to the cassette tapes
and player. Use a good quality head-
cleaning tape or a liquid cleaner cassette
tape to remove it.
Should the unit not operate normally,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Never attempt to repair it or insert a
screwdriver or anything else.
l
l
Only cassette tapes that play no longer
than 90 minutes should be used.
Cassette tape exceeding 90 minutes are
thin and may easily break.
Handling the cassette tape player
The following precautions should be
observed.
Do not leave a cassette tape in the tape
player slot when not in use. Remove it
completely to permit the slot door to
close and to protect the mechanism
from dust.
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
Store cassette tapes away from extreme
heat, magnetic fields, and direct
sunlight. Protect the exposed cassette
tape from dirt and damage. Store
cassette tapes in their original cases or
other protective cases.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
cassette tape, into the slot.
6-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page170
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (170,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
The MD player can also play MDLPs
that have been recorded in MDLP
mode. (MDLPs bearing the
qOperating Tips for Mini Disc
(MD) Player
The following precautions should be
observed.
identification logo as shown below).
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
When inserting the MD, make sure the
MD label is facing up, and the MD is
oriented to the insertion slot in the
direction of the arrow. If not inserted
correctly, the MD will be ejected, or
may remain stuck in the MD deck.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
MDs, into the slot.
l
The MD player has been designed to
l
Do not touch the internal part of the
MD. If the MD shutter is slid open for
no reason, it may be broken.
play MDs bearing the identification
logo as shown. No other MDs can be
played.
l
Store MDs in their cases and away
from direct sunlight.
6-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page171
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (171,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-
Dash CD Changer
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player/changer may become clouded
with condensation. At this time, the CD
will eject immediately when placed in the
unit. A clouded CD can be corrected
simply by wiping it with a soft cloth.
Clouded optical components will clear
naturally in about an hour. Wait for
normal operation to return before
l
Do not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The CD player/changer could be
damaged.
attempting to use the unit.
Handling the CD player/In-dash CD
changer
The following precautions should be
observed.
l
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
A new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player/changer will not play the CD.
Remove the rough edges in advance by
using a ball-point pen or pencil as
shown below. To remove the rough
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil
against the inner and outer perimeter of
the CD.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
6-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page172
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (172,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
When driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
Do not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
l
The CD player/changer has been
designed to play CDs bearing the
identification logo as shown. No other
discs can be played.
CDs, like traditional audio records, are
made of plastic. To avoid warping,
keep the CDs in their cases and do not
store them where they will be exposed
to direct sunlight.
l
l
The CD player/changer ejects the CD if
the CD is inserted upside down. Also
dirty and/or defective CDs may be
ejected.
l
Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
8 cm (3 in) CDs and CD accessories
(e.g. 8 cm disc adapter) cannot be used
in the CD player/changer.
l
l
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player/changer.
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
or seal on it.
l
Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label).
6-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page173
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (173,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set
Radio
CD player/In-dash CD Changer
Type B
Type A
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Mini Disc (MD) Player
Cassette Tape Player
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-18
6-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page174
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (174,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls
Power/Volume dial
Audio control dial
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Power ON/OFF
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
Audio sound adjustment
1. Press the audio control dial to select the
function. The selected function will be
indicated.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
*
Standard audio-
equipped model
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio
system on for a long period of time
when the engine is not running.
Volume adjustment
*
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
6-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page175
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (175,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
BOSE Sound System-equipped model
BOSE Sound
System-
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
*
equipped model
OFF
ON
Decrease
bass
Increase
bass
Decrease
treble
Increase
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
*
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right
* Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
OFF
ON
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the
selected functions as follows:
NOTE
Standard audio-equipped model
About 5 seconds after selecting any
mode, the volume function will be
automatically selected. To reset bass,
mid-range, treble, fade, and balance,
press the audio control dial for 2
seconds. The unit will beep and
“CLEAR” will be displayed.
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
Select mode
Decrease
bass
Increase
bass
Decrease
Increase
mid-range mid-range
Decrease
treble
Increase
treble
Automatic Level Control (ALC)
(Standard audio-equipped model)
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
Shift the
front
rear
The automatic level control is a feature
that automatically adjusts audio volume
and sound quality according to the vehicle
speed.
The volume increases in accordance with
the increase in vehicle speed, and
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
Shift the
left
right
OFF
ON
6-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page176
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (176,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
The following four modes are available.
Select the desired mode.
Mode
Volume change
No change
Minimum
Medium
Maximum
Turn the audio control dial to select the
ALC OFF, ALC LEVEL1―3 mode. The
selected mode will be indicated.
*AudioPilot (BOSE Sound System-
equipped model)
AudioPilot automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality in accordance
with the level of noise entering the vehicle
interior while driving. When AudioPilot is
turned ON, the system automatically
calculates the conditions for optimum
hearing of sound which may be difficult
to hear depending on exterior noise.
* AudioPilot is a registered trademark of
BOSE Corporation.
BEEP setting
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
6-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page177
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (177,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page178
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (178,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Type A
Satellite button*
Band selector button
Channel preset buttons
Seek tuning
button
Scan button
Manual tuning dial
Auto memory button
Electric serial number button*
*For reception of optional Sirius digital satellite radio.
Used on vehicles equipped with the separately sold Sirius digital satellite radio unit.
For information on use, read the manual accompanying the Sirius unit.
Subscription of Sirius digital satellite radio service is available in the U.S. (Except Alaska and Hawaii).
Type B
Band selector buttons
Channel preset buttons
Seek tuning
button
Scan button
Manual tuning dial/Auto memory button
6-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page179
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (179,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Radio ON
NOTE
(Type A)
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse
blows or the battery is disconnected),
the preset channels will be canceled.
) to
(Type B)
Press a band selector button (
to turn the radio on.
,
)
Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
Band selection
(Type A)
Successively pressing the band selector
button ( ) switches the bands as
follows: FM1→FM2→AM.
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button (
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.
,
)
(Type B)
NOTE
Choose AM by pressing the AM button
(
) and FM by pressing the FM1/2
If you continue to press and hold the
button, the frequency will continue
changing without stopping.
button ( ).
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
,
) to
automatically sample strong stations.
NOTE
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan
If the FM broadcast signal becomes
weak, reception automatically changes
from STEREO to MONO for reduced
noise, and the “ST” indicator will go
out.
button (
,
) again during this interval.
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
Tuning
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep is heard.
The preset channel number and station
frequency will be displayed. The
station is now held in the memory.
6-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page180
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (180,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse
blows or the battery is disconnected),
the preset channels will be canceled.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
Press and hold the auto memory button
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
is heard; the system will automatically
scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations
with the strongest frequencies in each
selected band in that area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
Press and release the auto memory button
(
) to recall stations from the auto-
stored stations. One stored station will be
selected each time; its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after
scanning operations, “A” will be
displayed.
6-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page181
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (181,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
6-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page182
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (182,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Cassette Tape Playerí
Cassette tape play button
Fast-forward button
APC button:
(next program)
(one being
played)
Rewind
button
Repeat button
Dolby NR button
Cassette tape eject button
Program button
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Cassette tape insert
Dolby noise reduction
Insert the cassette tape into the slot, open
edge to the right and cassette tape will
begin play, and “TAPE PLAY” will be
displayed. At the end of the cassette tape,
the unit automatically reverses cassette
When using a tape with Dolby NR*, push
the Dolby NR button ( ). The
symbol will be displayed. To play a tape
without Dolby NR, push the button once
again.
tape play. When
is lit, the cassette
tape's top side is playing. When
the bottom side is on.
is lit,
* Noise reduction system manufactured
under license from Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Dolby and the double-D symbol
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
Playing
Press the cassette tape play button
(
) to start play when a cassette
tape is in the unit. If there isn't a cassette
tape in the unit when the cassette tape
Ejecting the cassette tape
play button (
“NO TAPE” will flash on and off.
) is pressed,
Press the cassette tape eject button ( ) to
eject the cassette tape.
6-26
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page183
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (183,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
NOTE
The cassette tape can be ejected when
the ignition switch is in the OFF
position.
APC may not operate properly if:
l
A tape was recorded at a low level.
l
A tape has long, silent intervals.
l
Fast-forward/Rewind
A tape is a live recording.
Press the fast-forward button (
fast-forward.
) to
l
A tape has very short intervals of
less than 3 seconds.
Press the rewind button (
) to rewind.
To stop this operation and play the
cassette tape, press the button again.
Repeat play
This operation makes it possible to listen
to a selection repeatedly.
NOTE
Press the repeat button (
The current selection playing will be
repeated (“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
) during play.
When the cassette tape ends during fast-
forward or rewind, it automatically
stops and starts playing.
) once again
Reversing
Press the program button (
change cassette tape-play direction.
) to
NOTE
RPT may not operate properly if:
NOTE
l
A tape was recorded at a low level.
l
When the cassette tape ends, the unit
automatically reverses play.
A tape has long, silent intervals.
l
A tape is a live recording.
l
A tape has very short intervals of
less than 3 seconds.
Automatic program control (APC)
APC is used to find the beginning of
either the next program or the one being
played.
Press the APC button ( ) to the
beginning of the next selection.
Press the APC button ( ) to the
beginning of the one being played. To
stop this operation and play the cassette
tape, press the button again.
6-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page184
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (184,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Mini Disc (MD) Playerí
MD play button
Display button
Track up
button
Scan button
Fast-forward
button
Track down
button
Display feed
dial
MD eject button
MD slot
Reverse button
Repeat button
Random button
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Inserting the MD
Fast-forward/Reverse
Insert the MD, label-side up with the
arrow pointed to the slot. The auto-
loading mechanism will set the MD and
begin play. There will be a short lapse
before play begins while the player reads
the digital signals on the MD.
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
to reverse through a track at high speed.
)
Track search
Playing
Press the track up button ( ) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press the MD play button (
start play when a MD is in the unit.
) to
If there isn't a MD in the unit when the
MD play button ( ) is pressed,
“NO DISC” will flash on and off.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Ejecting the MD
Music scan
Press the MD eject button ( ) to eject the
MD.
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
6-28
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page185
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (185,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Press the scan button (
play to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
,
) during
NOTE
If there is no song or disc title recorded
on the MD, “NO TITLE” will be
displayed.
Press the scan button (
to cancel scan play.
,
) once again
NOTE
Long disc or song titles
When long disc or song titles cannot be
completely displayed, rotate the display
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
feed dial (
) to the right.
The remainder of the title will proceed
and appear on the display to the end of the
title.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
(“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
) once again
Random play
This feature allows the MD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected (“RDM” will be displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random play.
Changing the display
To change the display during MD play,
press the display button ( ) to advance
through each of the following displays:
Track number/
Elapsed play
back time
Song title
Disc title
6-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page186
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (186,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Playerí
Load button
CD play button
CD eject button
CD slot
Display button
Track up
button
Scan button
Fast-forward
button
Track down
button
Repeat button
Reverse button
Random button
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Inserting the CD
Ejecting the CD
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play. There will be a short
lapse before play begins while the player
reads the digital signals on the CD.
Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject the
CD.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
Playing
speed.
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
Press and hold the reverse button (
to reverse through a track at high speed.
)
If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
NOTE
When the load button (
) is pressed,
the CD will load and play even if the
CD eject button ( ) had been
previously pressed.
6-30
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page187
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (187,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Press the scan button (
,
) during
play to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
Press the scan button (
to cancel scan play.
,
) once again
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
(“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
) once again
Random play
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected (“RDM” will be displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random play.
6-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page188
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (188,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changerí
Load button
Channel preset buttons
Display button
CD eject button
CD slot CD play button
Track up
button
Scan button
Fast-forward
button
Track down
button
Disc down button
Repeat button
Disc up button
Reverse button
Random button
Illustration is of a representative audio unit.
Inserting the CD
Normal insertion
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play. There will
be a short lapse before play begins while
the player reads the digital signals on the
CD.
1. Press the load button (
).
2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
The disc number and the track number
will be displayed.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired tray number within 3 seconds
after the beep is heard.
NOTE
A CD cannot be inserted while the
display reads “WAIT”. A beeping
sound can be heard during this waiting
time. Simultaneously pressing the
power/volume dial and the load button
3. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the
desired tray number if the number is
already occupied.
(
) for about 2 seconds will turn
this beeping sound ON or OFF.
6-32
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page189
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (189,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Multiple insertion
Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
2. Wait 3 seconds or press the load button
) again within 3 seconds after the
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired CD number within 3 seconds
after the beep is heard.
(
beep is heard.
3. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
3. Pull out the CD.
4. When “IN” is displayed again, insert
Multiple ejection
the next CD.
1. Press and hold the CD eject button (
for about 2 seconds until a beep is
heard.
)
NOTE
The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
2. Wait 3 seconds or press the CD eject
button ( ) again within 3 seconds
after the beep is heard.
l
No other CD is inserted within 15
seconds after “IN” is displayed.
3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.
l
The CD trays are full.
NOTE
Displaying the CD-inserted tray
number
l
CDs will be ejected starting with the
When you want to know the number for a
CD-inserted tray, press the display button
one with the lowest number.
l
All CDs in the tray will be ejected
continuously.
(
). The tray number will be displayed
for 5 seconds.
l
CDs can be ejected when the ignition
Ejecting the CD
Normal ejection
switch is off. Press and hold the CD
eject button ( ) for about 2 seconds
and all CDs will eject.
1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The
disc number and “DISC” “OUT” will
be displayed.
Playing
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
2. Pull out the CD.
If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
NOTE
When the CD is ejected during play, the
next CD will be played automatically.
6-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page190
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (190,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press the repeat button (
) during play.
The current selection will be repeated
(“RPT” will be displayed).
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
) to advance through a track at high
Press the repeat button (
to cancel repeat play.
) once again
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
)
to reverse through a track at high speed.
Random play
Track search
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the track up button ( ) once to
skip forward to the beginning of the next
track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Press the random button (
) during
play. The next selection will be randomly
selected (“RDM” will be displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random play.
Disc search
Press the disc up button (
forward to the beginning of the next CD.
Press the disc down button ( ) to
) to skip
skip back to the beginning of the previous
CD.
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Press the scan button (
,
) during
play to start scan play operation (the track
number will flash).
Press the scan button (
to cancel scan play.
,
) once again
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal play
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat play
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
6-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page191
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (191,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Cause
Solution
Insert the MD properly. If the error indication does not
disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MD is inserted upside down
CHECK MD
Insert another MD properly. If the error indication does not
disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
MD is defective
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication does not disappear,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CD is inserted upside down
CD is defective
CHECK CD
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication does not
disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page192
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (192,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qChanging the Source
Press the mode switch (
the audio source (FM1 radio>FM2
radio>AM radio>CD player or CD
changer>Cassette tape player or MD
player>cyclical).
Audio Control Switch
Operation
) to change
NOTE
Mazda installed this system to help you
avoid being too distracted using audio
controls on the dashboard. Always
make safe driving your first priority.
NOTE
Cassette tape, MD, CD and CD changer
modes cannot be selected in the
following cases:
qAdjusting the Volume
l
A cassette deck, MD, CD, or CD
changer is not equipped on the audio
system.
To increase the volume, press volume
button ( ).
To decrease the volume, press volume
button ( ).
l
A cassette tape, MD or CD has not
been inserted.
6-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page193
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (193,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qSeek Switch
qMute Switch
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
When listening to the radio
Press the seek switch (
,
), the radio
switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
Press the seek switch (
,
) for about 2
seconds until a beep is heard to seek a
higher or lower frequency automatically.
When playing a cassette tape
Press the seek switch ( ), release, and it
will advance to the next selection.
Press the seek switch ( ), release, and it
will repeat the selection being played.
When playing a CD or MD
Press the seek switch ( ) to skip to the
next track.
Press the seek switch ( ) to repeat the
current track.
6-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page194
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (194,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
l
This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service
personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD player
with the top case of the unit removed.
l
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation.
6-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page195
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (195,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
Interior Lights
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front or swing it to the side.
qIlluminated Entry System
When the illuminated entry system
operates, the overhead light (switch is in
the DOOR position) and the courtesy
lights turn on for:
Sunvisor
l
About 30 seconds after the driver's
door is unlocked and the ignition key is
removed.
l
About 15 seconds after all doors are
closed.
l
About 15 seconds after the key is
removed from the ignition with all
doors closed.
qVanity Mirrors
The light also turns off when:
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
l
The ignition switch is turned to the ON
The vanity mirror light will illuminate
when you open the cover.
position and all doors are closed.
l
The driver's door is locked.
NOTE
If any door is left opened, the light goes
out after about 5 minutes.
The light turns on again when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, or when any door is opened
after all doors have been closed.
6-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page196
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (196,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Rear
qOverhead Lights
Front
With moonroof
Switch
Position
Rear Overhead Lights
Light off
l
Light on when any door is open
Without moonroof
l
Light on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
Light on
qMap Lights
The map lights are switched on or off by
pressing the switches.
With moonroof
Switch
Front Overhead Lights
Position
Light off
l
Light on when any door is open
l
Light on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
6-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page197
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (197,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Without moonroof
qCourtesy Lights
Turns on when any door is open or the
illuminated entry system is on.
Courtesy Light
6-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page198
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (198,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Information Display
qInformation Display Functions
The information display has the following functions:
l
Clock
l
Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)
l
Climate Control Display
l
Audio Display
6-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page199
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (199,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
12:01―12:29→12:00
12:30―12:59→1:00
qClock
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position, the time is displayed.
NOTE
When the SET button is released, the
seconds are reset to “00”.
qAmbient Temperature Display
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, press the AMB button to display
the ambient temperature.
Time setting
1. Press the CLK button until a beep
sounds, and “12Hr” and “24Hr” will be
displayed.
2. Press the SET button to switch between
“12Hr” and “24Hr” displays. The
selected display will flash.
To select the desired clock setting,
press the CLK button again while the
preferred setting is flashing.
NOTE
3. “Hr. ADJUST” will be displayed next,
and the hour portion of the display will
flash. Press the SET button to set the
hour, then press the CLK button.
l
The displayed ambient temperature
may vary from the actual ambient
temperature depending on the
surrounding area and vehicle
conditions.
4. “Min. ADJUST” will be displayed
next, and the minutes portion of the
display will flash. Press the SET button
to set the minutes, then press the CLK
button.
l
Press the AMB button 2 seconds or
more to switch the display from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice
versa.
Time resetting
While the clock is displayed, press the
SET button 1.5 seconds or more. When
the button is released, a beep will sound
and the clock will be reset as follows:
(Example)
6-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page200
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (200,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qClimate Control Display
Lighter
The climate control system status is
displayed. To operate the climate control
system, refer to “Climate Control System”
(page 6-2).
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
1. Open the cover.
qAudio Display
The audio system status is displayed. To
operate the audio system, refer to
2. Press the lighter in and release it. When
ready for use, it automatically pops out.
6-44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page201
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (201,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Ashtray
CAUTION
l
Don't touch the metal part of the
CAUTION
lighter, you may burn yourself.
Don't use the ashtray for trash. You
might start a fire.
l
Don't hold the lighter in because it
will overheat.
l
Don't use the lighter socket for plug-
To use, open the cover.
in accessories such as shavers and
coffee pots. They may damage it or
cause electrical failure. Use only a
genuine Mazda lighter or the
equivalent.
l
If the lighter doesn't pop out within
30 seconds, remove it to prevent
overheating.
To remove, open the cover and pull up the
ashtray.
6-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page202
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (202,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qFront
Cup Holder
To use, slide the lid while pushing the
button until you hear a click sound.
WARNING
Using Cup Holder:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded. Never use a cup
holder to hold hot liquids while the
vehicle is moving.
Don't Put Anything Other Than Cups
or Drink cans in Cup Holder:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
CAUTION
During sudden braking or
Do not use a cup holder with the lid
unlocked. During sudden braking or
maneuvering, the lid could slide
forward causing the cup contents to
spill.
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink cans.
qRear
To use, pull the lid up.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, keep cup
holders closed when not in use.
6-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page203
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (203,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qCoin Box
Storage Compartments
To open, press the release catch down and
pull the lid downward.
WARNING
Open Storage Boxes:
Driving with the storage boxes open is
dangerous. To reduce the possibility of
injury in an accident or a sudden stop,
keep the storage boxes closed when
driving.
CAUTION
Don't leave eyeglasses or lighters in the
storage boxes while parked under the
sun. A lighter could explode or the
plastic material in eyeglasses could
deform and crack from high
qGlove Box
To open the glove box, pull the latch
toward you.
Insert the master key and turn it clockwise
to lock, counterclockwise to unlock.
temperature.
qOverhead Console
This console box is designed to store
accessories. Push and release to open.
Unlock
Lock
6-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page204
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (204,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Rear
qCenter Console
To open, pull the release catch.
Front
1. Slide the lid while pushing the button
until you hear a click sound.
CAUTION
2. Open the lid.
Do not place bottles filled with fluid
(e.g. cosmetic fragrance) in the console
box. If the fluid leaks, it could damage
the navigation system or the electrical
wiring, or both.
qStorage Box
The storage box is designed to store
accessories.
6-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page205
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (205,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
To open, squeeze the latch and pull the lid
down.
Loading long objects with storage box
removed
When closing the storage box, put the
storage box back in its original position
until you hear a click sound.
The storage box can be removed for
convenient loading of long objects such as
skis placed through the trunk.
NOTE
WARNING
When using the storage box to store
heavy accessories, remove the storage
box before placing or removing the
accessories.
Loading Long Objects Through
Removed Storage Box Area:
Sudden braking or maneuvering while
long objects are loaded through the
removed storage box area and into the
trunk is dangerous. Operation of the
shift/selector lever could be obstructed
resulting in a serious accident. Secure
long objects in the trunk so that they
cannot be thrown forward in the cabin
and avoid sudden braking or
Insert the master key and turn it clockwise
to lock, counterclockwise to unlock.
Unlock
Lock
maneuvering.
6-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page206
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (206,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
NOTE
Accessory Socket
To prevent discharging the battery, don't
use the socket for long periods with the
engine off or idling.
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC12 V, 10 A).
The accessory socket is in the center
console.
CAUTION
To prevent accessory socket damage or
electrical failure, pay attention to the
following:
l
Don't use accessories that require
more than 120 W (DC12 V, 10 A).
l
Don't use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
l
Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use.
l
Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
6-50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page207
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (207,1)
In Case of an Emergency
7
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Kit ............................................................................................. 7-5
7-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page208
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (208,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
four turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
The turn signals don't work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
l
Check local regulations about the use
of hazard warning lights while the
vehicle is being towed. They may
forbid it.
7-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page209
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (209,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit
Tool box
Lug wrench
Jack handle
Tiedown eyelet
Jack
7-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page210
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (210,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spares should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
qJack
To remove the jack
1. Open the tool box.
WARNING
Driving with a Temporary Spare Tire
on Ice or Snow:
Driving with a spare tire on the rear
(driving) wheels on ice or snow is
dangerous. Handling will be affected.
You could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident. Put the spare
tire on the front axle and move a
regular tire to the rear.
2. Turn the jack screw counterclockwise.
To secure the jack
Perform the removal procedure in reverse.
qSpare Tire
A temporary spare tire is not equipped
with your Mazda. If an emergency tire
repair is needed, repair the flat tire with
the emergency flat tire repair kit (page
7-5). If you require a temporary spare tire,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When installing a temporary spare tire,
follow the manufacturer's instructions for
the temporary spare tire.
7-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page211
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (211,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Instant Mobility System
(IMS) Emergency Flat
Tire Repair Kit
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the temporary
spare or to the vehicle, observe the
following precautions:
The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit
included with your Mazda is for a
temporary repair of a slightly damaged
flat tire resulting from running over nails
or similar sharp objects on the road
surface.
l
Don't exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
l
Avoid driving over obstacles.
Also, don't drive through an
automatic car wash. This tire's
diameter is smaller than a
conventional tire's, so the ground
clearance is reduced about 25 mm (1
in).
NOTE
Your vehicle is not equipped with a
spare tire. In the event of a flat tire, use
the emergency flat tire repair kit to
repair the tire temporarily. When doing
the repair, refer to the instructions
included in the emergency flat tire
repair kit. After temporarily repairing a
tire with the emergency flat tire repair
kit, take your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the tire replaced.
l
Don't use a tire chain on this tire
because it won't fit properly.
l
Don't use your temporary spare on
any other vehicle; it has been
designed only for your Mazda.
l
Use only one temporary spare tire on
your vehicle at the same time.
(With limited slip differential)
When using the temporary spare tire on
the rear axle, replace it with a standard
tire as soon as possible. The size
difference between the spare and the
standard tire will cause the limited slip
differential to malfunction.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to
the temporary spare tire. The warning
light will flash continuously while the
temporary spare tire is being used (page
7-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page212
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (212,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qAbout the IMS Emergency Flat
WARNING
Tire Repair Kit
The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit
includes the following items.
Ingestion of Tire Sealant:
Ingestion of tire sealant is dangerous.
In the event tire sealant is accidentally
swallowed, drink large amounts of
water immediately and seek medical
assistance. Do not allow children to
touch the tire sealant.
Compressor
Tire sealant
Tire Sealant Contacting Eyes and
Skin:
Injection hose
Tire sealant that comes into contact
with the eyes and skin is dangerous. If
tire sealant enters the eyes or contacts
the skin, flush immediately with large
amounts of water and seek medical
assistance. Do not allow children to
touch the tire sealant.
Repaired tire
sticker
Spare valve
core
Valve core
tool
Instruction
Speed restriction
sticker
Case
7-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page213
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (213,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
4. Unload passengers and luggage, and
remove the emergency flat tire repair
kit.
NOTE
l
The tire sealant cannot be reused.
Purchase new tire sealant at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
The emergency flat tire repair kit
cannot be used in the following
cases.
Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
l
The period of effective use for the
tire sealant has expired. (The
period of effectiveness is
indicated on the bottle label.)
The tear or puncture exceeds
l
5. Shake the tire sealant well.
about 4 mm (0.16 in).
l
The damage has occurred to an
area of the tire other than the
tread.
The vehicle has been driven with
l
nearly no air remaining in the tire.
The tire has come off the wheel
l
rim.
l
Damage to the wheel rim has
occurred.
The tire has two or more
l
punctures.
qUsing the IMS Emergency Flat
CAUTION
Tire Repair Kit
If the bottle is shaken after the injection
hose is screwed on, tire sealant could
spray out from the injection hose. Tire
sealant contacting clothing or other
objects may be impossible to remove.
Shake the bottle before screwing on the
injection hose.
1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-
way and set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P), a manual
transmission in Reverse (R) or 1, and
turn off the engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
7-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page214
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (214,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
CAUTION
The tire sealant can be used at outside
temperatures down to –30°C.
If there is air remaining in the tire when
the valve core is removed, the valve
core could fly out. Remove the valve
core carefully.
In extremely cold temperatures (0°C
(32°F) or below), the tire sealant
hardens easily and injection of the
sealant will be difficult. Warm the
sealant inside the vehicle before doing
the injection work.
8. Turn the valve core counterclockwise
with the valve core tool and remove the
valve core.
6. Remove the cap from the bottle. Screw
on the injection hose with the bottle's
inner cap left on to break the inner cap.
Valve
Valve core
Injection hose
Bottle
NOTE
Store the valve core in a place where it
won't get dirty.
7. Remove the valve cap from the flat
tire. Press the back of a valve core tool
to the core of the tire valve and bleed
all the remaining air.
9. Remove the plug from the injection
hose and insert the injection hose into
the valve.
Valve
Plug
Valve cap
Injection hose
Valve core tool
7-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page215
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (215,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
10. Hold the bottom of the bottle upright,
squeeze the bottle with your hands,
and inject the entire amount of tire
sealant into the tire.
NOTE
Do not throw away the empty tire
sealant bottle as the sealant in the bottle
can be replenished when replacing the
tire. Take the bottle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
13. Attach the vehicle speed restriction
sticker in a place where the driver can
easily see it.
Valve
NOTE
The tire sealant cannot be reused.
Purchase new tire sealant at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
11. Pull out the injection hose from the
valve. Reinsert the valve core into the
valve and turn it clockwise to install
it.
WARNING
Attaching Sticker to the Steering
Wheel Pad:
12. Attach the sticker that indicates
completion of the tire repair on a flat
outer surface of the repaired tire.
Attaching the vehicle speed restriction
sticker to the steering wheel pad is
dangerous. The sticker could interfere
with air bag inflation and cause
serious injury. Also, do not attach the
sticker to the meter panel, as it would
obstruct vision of areas such as
warning light indicators or the
speedometer.
7-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page216
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (216,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
14. Install the compressor hose to the tire
valve.
16. Turn the compressor switch on and
inflate the tire carefully to the correct
inflation pressure.
WARNING
Valve
Compressor hose
Operating the Compressor:
Operating the compressor above 300
kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi) is
dangerous. When the inflation
pressure rises above 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/
cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi), heated air will be
exhausted from the back of the
compressor and you could be burned.
Never operate the compressor above
300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi).
15. Insert the compressor plug into the
interior accessory socket and turn the
ignition switch to the ACC position
(page 6-50).
CAUTION
Compressor
plug
If the compressor operates slowly or
becomes hot, it indicates overheating.
Turn the compressor off immediately
and leave it turned off for 30 minutes or
longer.
Compressor
Center console
CAUTION
l
Before pulling out the compressor
plug from the electrical socket, make
sure the compressor power switch is
off.
l
The compressor turns on and off
with the push-button switch.
7-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page217
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (217,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
NOTE
l
Check the tire inflation pressure label
(driver's door) for the correct tire
inflation pressure.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
If the tire is not properly inflated, the
tire pressure monitoring system warning
light will illuminate (page 5-26).
l
l
Do not use the compressor for longer
than 10 minutes because using the
compressor for long periods could
damage it.
20. After driving the vehicle for 10
minutes or 5 km (3 miles), check the
tire pressure with the tire pressure
gauge equipped with the compressor.
If the tire pressure has fallen below
the correct tire pressure, inflate the
tire to the correct pressure again
following the steps from number 15.
If the tire does not inflate, repair of
the tire may not be possible. If the
tire does not reach the correct
inflation pressure within a 10-minute
period, it probably has received more
extensive damage. When this
happens, the emergency flat tire
repair kit cannot be used to repair the
tire. Contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
CAUTION
l
If the tire inflation pressure falls
l
below 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar,
18.9 psi), repair cannot be done with
the repair kit. Park the vehicle on a
level surface off the right-of-way and
contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the tire has been over-inflated,
loosen the screw cap on the
compressor and bleed some of the air
out.
17. When the tire has been inflated to the
proper inflation pressure, turn the
l
If the tire inflation pressure
continues to remain low after
repeating steps 14 to 21, park the
vehicle on a level surface off the
right-of-way and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
compressor switch off and remove the
compressor hose from the tire valve.
18. Install the tire valve cap.
19. Put the emergency flat tire repair kit
in the trunk and continue driving.
NOTE
CAUTION
When checking the tire inflation
pressure with the tire pressure gauge on
the compressor unit, make sure the
compressor switch is turned off.
l
Drive carefully to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and keep the vehicle
speed below 80 km/h (50 mph).
l
If the vehicle is driven 80 km/h (50
mph) or higher, the vehicle might
begin to vibrate.
7-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page218
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (218,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
21. If the tire inflation pressure remains
stable, the tire repair is complete.
Drive the vehicle with care to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
tire replaced.
Changing the Tire
WARNING
Jacking a Vehicle:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure someone.
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire, and never get under a
vehicle that is supported only by a
jack.
CAUTION
l
A tire that has been temporarily
repaired with the tire sealant cannot
be reused. Mazda recommends
replacing the tire with a new one.
l
The wheel can be reused after any
sealant adhering to it is wiped off
and carefully inspected. However,
replace the tire valve with a new one.
Passenger in Vehicle Supported by a
Jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury. Never allow anyone inside a
vehicle supported by a jack.
qInspecting the IMS Emergency
Flat Tire Repair Kit
Inspect the emergency tire repair kit at
regular intervals.
l
Check the tire sealant period of
CAUTION
effective use.
l
Check the operation of the tire
compressor.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation of
the tire pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise it may
not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
NOTE
The tire sealant has a period of effective
use. Check the period of effective use
indicated on the bottle label and do not
use it if it has expired. Have the tire
sealant replaced at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer before the period of
effective use has expired.
7-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page219
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (219,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
NOTE
l
Make sure the jack is well lubricated
before using it.
When blocking a tire, use rocks or
wood blocks of sufficient size to hold
the tire in place.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
qRemoving the Tire
l
Be sure to register the tire pressure
sensor ID signal code whenever tires
or wheels are changed (page 5-28).
1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but
don't remove any until the tire has been
raised off the ground.
1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-
way and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P), a manual
transmission in Reverse (R) or 1, and
turn off the engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
5. Remove the jack, and tool (page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the tire to be changed. When blocking
a wheel, place a block both in front and
behind the tire.
2. Place the jack under the jacking
position closest to the tire being
changed.
Jacking position
7-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page220
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (220,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
4. Turn the jack handle clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
WARNING
Incorrect Jacking Position:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
Improper Jack:
Using a jack that isn't designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone. Use only the jack
provided with your Mazda.
5. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise, then remove the
wheel.
Placing Objects Under the Jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle. Never place objects
under the jack.
3. Insert the jack handle into the jack.
7-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page221
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (221,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qLocking Lug Nuts
qMounting the Tire
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose
your key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's
order form, which is with the registration
card.
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
Antitheft lug nut
Special key
WARNING
Removing Dirt and Grime from
Wheels, Hubs and Hub Bolts:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident. Make sure the mounting
surfaces of the wheel, hub and lug
nuts are clean before changing or
replacing tires.
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Get the key for the locking lug nut.
2. Place it on top of the nut, and be sure
to hold the key square to it. If you hold
the key at an angle, you may damage
both key and nut. Don't use a power
impact wrench.
2. Mount the tire.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
To replace the nut
1. Place the key on top of the nut.
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
7-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page222
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (222,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
WARNING
If you're unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Don't Apply Oil or Grease to Lug
Nuts, Bolts:
Nut tightening torque
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could
loosen while driving and cause the tire
to come off, resulting in an accident.
In addition, lug nuts and bolts could
be damaged if tightened more than
necessary. Do not apply oil or grease
to lug nuts and bolts and do not
tighten the lug nuts beyond the
recommended tightening torque.
88―118
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
(9―12, 65―87)
WARNING
Loose Lug Nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident. Always securely and
correctly tighten the lug nuts.
7-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page223
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (223,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
WARNING
Metric Studs and Lug Nuts:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the stud,
which could cause the wheel to slip off
and cause an accident. Be sure to
reinstall the same nuts you removed or
replace them with metric nuts of the
same configuration.
Incorrect Tire Air Pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
Don't drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure.
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from
rattling, store them properly.
7-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page224
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (224,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
NOTE
Overheating
Once the engine coolant exceeds a
preset temperature, an electrical cooling
fan turns on. It will continue running
for about 10 minutes after the ignition
switch is turned to off.
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.
WARNING
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
Electrical Fan and Engine
Inspection:
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in park (P), a manual
transmission in neutral.
Working near the electrical cooling
fan when it is running is dangerous.
You could be hit by the fan and
seriously injured. Turn off the ignition
switch and make sure the fan is not
running before attempting to work
near the electrical cooling fan.
Apply the parking brake.
3. Turn off the air conditioner.
4. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Don't go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
Cooling System Cap:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot
out under pressure and cause serious
injury. Don't remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Steam from Overheated Engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you. Open the hood
ONLY after steam is no longer
escaping from the engine.
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the engine
temperature will increase. Stop the
engine and call an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
7-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page225
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (225,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
5. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
6. When cool, check the coolant level.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the cooling
system inspected. The engine could be
seriously damaged unless repairs are
made. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
7-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page226
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (226,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).
Follow this procedure:
1. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold it there―for up to 10
seconds. If the engine starts, release the
key and accelerator immediately
because the engine will suddenly rev
up.
3. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator―for
up to 10 seconds.
7-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page227
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (227,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.
Eye Protection:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC
ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into in your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas
produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to
explode. Always wear eye protection when working near the battery.
Spilled Battery Fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets
in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for
15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention. Wear eye
protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid.
Children and Batteries:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin. Always keep batteries out of the
reach of children.
7-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page228
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (228,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
WARNING
Keep Flames Away:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells. When working near a battery, do
not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the
battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body.
Battery-Related Explosion:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames, including
cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells.
Low Fluid Level or Frozen Battery:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Don't jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level.
Connecting to Negative Terminal:
Connecting the end of the second cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the discharged
battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Connect the cable to a point away from the battery.
Connecting Jumper Cable to Moving Parts:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury. Never
connect a jumper cable to or near any part that moves.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
7-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page229
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (229,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
1. Remove the engine cover.
4. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
5. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow the vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
6. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
l
Connect one end of a cable to the
2. Remove the rubber hose from the
battery cover.
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
l
Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
l
Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
l
Connect the other end to a solid,
stationary, exposed metallic point
(for example, the tightening bolt)
away from the discharged battery
(4).
Connect cables
in numerical
3. Remove the battery cover from its rear
side.
order and
Discharged
disconnect in
battery
reverse order.
Booster battery
7. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
7-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page230
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (230,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
8. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
Step 6.
Push-Starting
WARNING
NOTE
Towing a Vehicle to Start It:
Towing a vehicle to start it is
dangerous. The vehicle being towed
could surge forward when its engine
starts, causing the two vehicles to
collide. The occupants could be
injured. Never tow a vehicle to start it.
Verify that the engine cover is securely
installed.
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic
transmission by pushing it.
CAUTION
You shouldn't push-start a vehicle that
has a manual transmission. It can
damage the emission control system.
7-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page231
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (231,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Towing Description
CAUTION
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Don't tow the vehicle pointed forward
with driving wheels on the ground. This
may cause internal damage to the
transmission.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Government and local laws must be
followed.
A towed vehicle usually should have its
rear wheels off the ground. If excessive
damage or other conditions prevent this,
use wheel dollies.
CAUTION
Don't tow with sling-type equipment.
This could damage your vehicle. Use
wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.
Wheel dollies
7-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page232
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (232,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Tiedown Hooks
CAUTION
CAUTION
The cap cannot be completely removed.
Do not use excessive force as it may
damage the cap or scratch the painted
bumper surface.
Don't use the tiedown hooks under the
front and rear for towing.
They are designed ONLY for tying
down the vehicle when it's being
transported. Using them for towing will
damage the bumper.
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Front
qTiedown Hooks
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug
wrench from the trunk (page 7-3).
2. Wrap the lug wrench with a soft cloth
to prevent damage to the bumper and
open the cap located on the front and
rear bumper.
Front
Rear
Rear
7-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page233
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (233,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
Recreational Towing
An example of “recreational towing” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transmission is not designed for
towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
carefully follow the instructions.
Front
Rear
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying down the
vehicle. Make sure that the tiedown
eyelet is securely tightened to the
bumper.
7-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page234
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:12 PM
Black plate (234,1)
7-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page236
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (236,1)
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
8-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page237
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (237,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
l
Repeated short-distance driving
l
Driving in dusty conditions
l
Driving with extended use of brakes
l
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used
l
Driving on rough or muddy roads
l
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the
recommended intervals.
8-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page238
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (238,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
24
15
18
36
24
48
30
30
60
36
72
45
42
84
48
96
60
Maintenance Interval
×1000 km
12
7.5
×1000 miles
22.5
37.5
52.5
ENGINE
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
Engine oil filter
Drive belt
AIR FILTER
Air filter
C
C
R
R
C
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel filter
Fuel lines, hoses and connections*1
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months;
after that, every 24 months
Engine coolant
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake line, hoses and connection
Disk brakes
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
I
I
Front and rear suspension and ball joints
Manual transmission oil
Rear differential oil
R
R
I
Driveshaft dust boots
I
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Flat tire repair kit*2
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 60 months
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
Inspect every year
8-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page239
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (239,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
×1000 km
×1000 miles
6
12
24
15
18
36
24
48
30
30
60
36
72
45
42
84
48
96
60
Maintenance Interval
12
7.5
22.5
37.5
52.5
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter (If installed)
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months
Chart symbols
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
Remarks
*1 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*2 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page240
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (240,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
×1000 km
×1000 miles
4
8
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Maintenance Interval
16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
ENGINE
Puerto Rico
Others
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
Engine oil
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
Engine oil filter
Drive belt
AIR FILTER
Air filter
C
C
R
R
C
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel filter
Fuel lines, hoses and connections*1
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months;
after that, every 24 months
Engine coolant
Engine coolant level
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake line, hoses and connection
Brake and clutch fluid level
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
R
I
Disk brakes
I
I
Tire (Rotation)
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Steering operation and linkages
Front and rear suspension and ball joints
Manual transmission oil
Rear differential oil
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
I
R
R
I
Driveshaft dust boots
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 60 months
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
L
I
Washer fluid level
Flat tire repair kit*2
Inspect every year
8-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page241
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (241,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8
5
8
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
Maintenance Interval
×1000 km
16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
×1000 miles
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter (If installed)
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months
Chart symbols
I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
Remarks
*1 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*2 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page242
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (242,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
qWhen Refueling
l
Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-18)
l
Engine coolant level (page 8-15)
l
Engine oil level (page 8-13)
l
Washer fluid level (page 8-21)
qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-28)
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
l
Automatic transmission fluid level (page 8-19)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
l
Air filter (page 8-22)
l
Engine coolant (page 8-15)
l
Engine oil (page 8-14)
8-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page243
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (243,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance Procedures:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You can
be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures. If you lack
sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work,
have it done by a qualified technician.
Running the Engine:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more
dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Therefore, if you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and
all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or
cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly.
Electrical Fan and Engine Inspection:
Working near the electrical cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. You could be
hit by the fan and seriously injured. Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the
fan is not running before attempting to work near the electrical cooling fan.
8-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page244
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (244,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on.
It will continue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off.
8-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page245
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (245,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
Engine oil-filler cap
Engine oil dipstick
Brake/Clutch fluid
Automatic transmission fluid-level dipstick
(only for automatic transmission)
reservoir
Windshield washer
fluid reservoir
Cooling system cap
Engine coolant reservoir
Fuse block (next
to air filter)
Fuse block
Battery
(near battery)
Air filter
8-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page246
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (246,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
U.S.A. and CANADA
Engine Oil
NOTE
The Mazda RX-8 requires regular
checking of the engine oil level. The
compact, high performance RENESIS
rotary engine in your vehicle consumes
a small amount of engine oil due to its
structural design. An oil pump
(ILSAC)
optimizes the amount of oil injected to
lubricate the rotor seals in the
combustion cycle. Although your
vehicle is equipped with an engine oil
level warning light and an engine oil
pressure gauge, it is best to keep the
engine oil level in the range between
full and low by checking the oil
dipstick regularly. Mazda recommends
checking the oil level at every second
fuel filling. The oil consumption of the
engine depends on engine speed and
engine load. Under extreme driving
conditions, oil consumption can be
higher.
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
automobile manufacturers.
–30
–10
10
30
20
40 50
–20
0
qRecommended Oil
–20
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.
Oil container labels provide important
information.
80 100
120
0
20 40 60
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
5W-20
8-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page247
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (247,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
4. Remove the engine cover.
(ILSAC)
The quality designation SL, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
5. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
–30
–10
10
30
20
40 50
–20
0
–20
80
100
120
0
20 40
60
Full
OK
5W-20
Low
6. Pull it out again and examine the level.
It's OK between L and F.
qInspecting Engine Oil Level
But if it's near or below L, add enough
oil to bring the level to F.
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
CAUTION
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
Don't add engine oil over F. This may
cause engine damage.
The distance between L and F on the
dipstick represents the following:
Oil capacity
L (US qt, Imp qt)
1.7 (1.8, 1.5)
8-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page248
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (248,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
1. Remove the engine cover.
NOTE
Verify that the engine cover is securely
installed.
qChanging Engine Oil and Filter
Change engine oil and filter according to
Scheduled Maintenance (page 8-3).
Please act responsibly―protect the
environment and take used oil to a
recycling facility. Ask your dealer or a
service station for information.
2. Warm up the engine for a few minutes
and turn it off. Remove the oil-filler
cap.
WARNING
3. Remove the drain plug and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
Handling Used Engine Oil:
Continuous contact with used engine
oil is dangerous. It could cause skin
cancer. Always wash with soap and
water immediately after changing oil
and filter.
4. Replace the plug tightly after the oil
has thoroughly drained.
5. Fill the engine with new oil to the F
mark on the dipstick.
6. Securely reinstall the oil-filler cap.
Changing engine oil
Tighten
Loosen
WARNING
Checking or Changing Engine Oil:
Hot engine oil is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, the engine
oil becomes very hot. You could be
seriously burned. Don't check or
change the engine oil when the engine
is hot.
Forward
Drain Plug
7. Start the engine and inspect around the
drain plug for leaks.
8. Turn it off and wait 5 minutes for the
oil to return to the oil pan.
8-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page249
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (249,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Check the oil level and fill to the F mark
if necessary.
Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level
Oil capacity (General reference only,
refer to Specifications section for
capacities.)
WARNING
NOTE
Hot Engine:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become very
hot. You could be burned. Carefully
inspect the engine coolant in the
coolant reservoir, but do not open it.
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS
HOT.
l
The indicated engine oil capacities
are for general reference purposes
only. When adding or changing oil,
verify the engine oil level with the
oil dipstick.
l
Use only specified engine oil (page
l
Verify that the engine cover is
securely installed.
Changing oil filter
Electrical Fan and Engine
Inspection:
Because you need a special tool to
retighten the filter, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer should do the work.
Working near the electrical cooling
fan when it is running is dangerous.
You could be hit by the fan and
seriously injured. Turn off the ignition
switch and make sure the fan is not
running before attempting to work
near the electrical cooling fan.
Cooling System Cap:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot
out under pressure and cause serious
injury. Don't remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot.
8-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page250
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (250,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
CAUTION
Once the engine coolant exceeds a
preset temperature, an electrical cooling
fan turns on. It will continue running
for about 10 minutes after the ignition
switch is turned to off.
Radiator coolant will damage paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
Do not overfill.
If new coolant is required frequently,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
qChanging Coolant
Change coolant according to Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
CAUTION
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
l
Use only soft (demineralized) water
in the coolant mixture. Water that
contains minerals will cut down on
the coolant's effectiveness.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the F and L marks
on the coolant reservoir when the engine
is cool.
l
Don't add only water. Always add a
proper coolant mixture.
l
The engine has aluminum parts and
must be protected by an ethylene-
glycol-based coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
l
DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
antifreeze. DO NOT MIX alcohol or
methanol with the coolant. This
could damage the cooling system.
l
Don't use a solution that contains
more than 60 % antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
If it's at or near L, add enough coolant to
the coolant reservoir to provide freezing
and corrosion protection and to bring the
level to F.
8-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page251
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (251,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
For mixture percentage:
3. With the drain plug loose but not fully
removed, flush out the system with
running water.
Volume
Protection
Antifreeze
solution
Demineralized
water
Above –16°C
(3°F)
35%
45%
55%
65%
55%
45%
Loosen
Above –26°C
(–15°F)
Tighten
Loosen
Tighten
Above –40°C
(–40°F)
To change coolant
WARNING
Removing the Cooling System Cap:
Removing the cooling system cap
while the engine is running or hot is
dangerous. This might lead to cooling
system and engine damage and could
result in serious injury from escaping
hot coolant or steam. Turn off the
engine and wait until it's cool. Even
then, be very careful when removing
the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around the
cap and slowly turn it
counterclockwise to the first stop.
Step back while the pressure escapes.
When you're sure all the pressure is
gone, press down on the cap ― still
using a cloth ― turn the cap, and
remove it.
4. Drain the system completely and
retighten the plug. Add as much
ethylene-glycol-based coolant mixture
and water as necessary to provide
freezing and corrosion protection.
5. In extremely cold climates, add the
mixture percentage recommended in
the coolant mixture percentage table.
6. Reinstall the cooling system cap.
7. Run the engine at idle for about 10
minutes, then turn it off. If the coolant
level warning light comes on during
this time, turn the engine off.
After turning off the engine, inspect the
drain plug and the water hoses for
leaks.
1. Remove the cooling system cap.
8. After the engine has cooled, remove
the cooling system cap and inspect the
coolant level. If it's low, repeat steps 5
to 7.
2. Only when the engine is cool, loosen
the radiator drain plug and drain the
coolant into a suitable container.
Properly dispose of the used coolant.
8-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page252
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (252,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Brake/Clutch Fluid
Because this procedure requires
technical expertise, we recommend that
it be done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid
Level
The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the
same reservoir.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake and clutch
linings. If it is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch system inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page253
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (253,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid
Automatic Transmission
Fluid (ATF)
WARNING
qInspecting Automatic
Transmission Fluid Level
Spilled Brake Fluid:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with water
and get medical attention. Brake fluid
spilled on a hot engine could cause a
fire. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on yourself or on the engine.
The automatic transmission fluid level
should be inspected regularly. Measure it
as described below.
The volume of fluid changes with the
temperature. Fluid must be checked at idle
without driving at normal operating
temperature.
Low Brake/Clutch Fluid Levels:
Low brake/clutch fluid levels are
dangerous. Low levels could signal
brake lining wear or a brake system
leak. Your brakes could fail and cause
an accident. If you find a low fluid
level, have the brakes and clutch
inspected.
CAUTION
l
Low fluid level causes transmission
slippage. Overfilling can cause
foaming, loss of fluid, and
transmission malfunction.
l
nonspecified fluid could result in
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
transmission malfunction and failure.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
1. Park on a level surface and set the
parking brake firmly.
2. Idle the engine about two minutes.
Push down on the brake pedal.
CAUTION
l
Brake and clutch fluid will damage
3. Move the shift lever through all ranges
and set it at P.
painted surfaces. If brake or clutch
fluid does get on a painted surface,
wipe it off immediately.
l
Using nonspecified brake and clutch
systems. Mixing different fluids will
also damage them.
If the brake/clutch system frequently
requires new fluid, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page254
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (254,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fluid hot scale A
WARNING
When the vehicle has been driven and the
fluid is at normal operating temperature,
about 65°C (150°F), the level must be
between Full and Low.
Sudden Vehicle Movement:
Shifting the shift lever without first
depressing the brake pedal is
dangerous. The vehicle could move
suddenly and cause an accident.
Make sure the brake pedal is applied
before shifting the shift lever.
Fluid cold scale B
When the engine has not been running
and the outside temperature is about 20°C
(70°F), the level must be between Full
and Low.
4. Remove the engine cover.
CAUTION
l
Use the cold scale only as a
reference.
l
If outside temperature is lower than
about 20°C (70°F), start the engine
and inspect the fluid level after the
engine reaches operating
temperature.
l
If the vehicle has been driven for an
extended period at high speeds or in
city traffic in hot weather, inspect the
level only after stopping the engine
and allowing the fluid to cool for 30
minutes.
5. With the engine still idling, pull out the
dipstick, wipe it clean, and put it back.
6. Pull it out again.
The proper fluid level is marked on the
dipstick as follows.
Fully insert the dipstick. When adding
fluid, inspect with the dipstick to make
sure it doesn't pass full.
NOTE
l
Inspect the fluid on both sides of the
Full
A
dipstick in a well lit area for an
accurate reading.
Low
Full
B
l
Verify that the engine cover is
securely installed.
Low
8-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page255
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (255,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
Washer Fluid
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Substitute Washer Fluid:
Full
OK
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the windshield,
affect your visibility, and could result
in an accident. Use only windshield
washer fluid or plain water in the
reservoir.
Low
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-
freeze Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous as
it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer fluid
with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict
the use of volatile organic compounds
(VOCs), which are commonly used as
anti-freeze agents in washer fluid. A
washer fluid with limited VOC content
should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all
regions and climates in which the
vehicle will be operated.
8-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page256
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (256,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Body Lubrication
Air Filter
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
CAUTION
Don't drive without an air filter. This
could result in excessive engine wear.
This air filter may be cleaned with
compressed air and reused, or replaced,
depending on its condition. Unless it is
very dirty, simply shake it to remove
foreign particles. Each time you inspect it,
wipe inside the air cleaner housing with a
damp cloth.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
qReplacing the Air Filter
NOTE
If the vehicle is operated in very dusty
or sandy areas, replace the filter more
often than recommended intervals.
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned
off.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
8-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page257
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (257,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Unfasten the clamps.
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
l
l
Hot waxes applied by automatic car
washers have been known to affect
the wiper's ability to clean windows.
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, don't use gasoline, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
4. Lift off the air filter cover and remove
the filter.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
Air filter cover
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
Air filter
qReplacing Windshield Wiper
Blades
5. Wipe inside the air cleaner housing
with a damp cloth.
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
6. Clean or replace the filter.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION
Replace the filter according to Scheduled
Maintenance (page 8-3).
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't move the
wipers by hand.
NOTE
After installing the air filter cover, make
sure the electrical connector is securely
connected.
8-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page258
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (258,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
2. Hold the end of the rubber and pull
until the tabs are free of the metal
support.
NOTE
To prevent damage to the wiper arm
blades when raising both the driver and
passenger side wiper arms, raise the
driver side wiper arm first. Conversely,
when setting down the wiper arms, set
the passenger side wiper arm down
first.
Metal support
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Tab
Compress the clip and slide the
assembly downward; then lift it off the
arm.
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from the
blade rubber and install them in new
blades.
Plastic locking clip
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield,
don't let the wiper arm fall on it.
8-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page259
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (259,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
l
Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.
You need to use them again.
l
If the metal stiffeners are switched,
the blade's wiping efficiency could
be reduced.
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffeners on the passenger's side, or
vice versa.
l
Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber so
that the curve is the same as it was in
the old blade rubber.
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
NOTE
Install the blade so that the tabs are
toward the bottom of the wiper arm.
8-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page260
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (260,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Battery-Related Lead Materials:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling.
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.
Eye Protection:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC
ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into in your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas
produced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to
explode. Always wear eye protection when working near the battery.
Spilled Battery Fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets
in eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for
15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention. Wear eye
protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid.
Children and Batteries:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin. Always keep batteries out of the
reach of children.
8-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page261
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (261,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Keep Flames Away:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells. When working near a battery, do
not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the
battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body.
Battery-Related Explosion:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames, including
cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells.
qBattery Maintenance
NOTE
l
Remove the engine and battery
covers before performing battery
maintenance.
Engine cover
Battery cover
To get the best service from a battery:
l
Keep it securely mounted.
l
Keep the top clean and dry.
l
Verify that the engine cover is
securely installed.
l
Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
8-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page262
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (262,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
l
Rinse off spilled electrolyte
Tires
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
l
If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables.
WARNING
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Use all radial, all bias-belted, or all
bias-type tires.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
qTire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
Incorrect Tire Inflation:
Overinflation or underinflation of tires
is dangerous. Adverse handling or
unexpected tire failure could result in
a serious accident. Always inflate the
tires to the correct pressure (page
8-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page263
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (263,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
í
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System
NOTE
does not alleviate the need to check the
tire condition every day, including
whether the tires all look inflated properly.
Inspect all tire pressure monthly
l
Always check tire pressure when
tires are cold.
l
l
(including the spare í) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, top handling, and
minimum tire wear.
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended pressures. Don't
release air from warm tires to adjust
the pressure.
Underinflation can cause reduced
fuel economy and poor sealing of the
tire bead, which will deform the
wheel and cause separation of tire
from rim.
l
Overinflation can produce a harsh
ride and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs
inflating, have it inspected.
Refer to the specification charts (page
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)/8,000
km*(5,000 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect
them for correct balance.
* Unique driving conditions for U.S.A.,
Canada and Puerto Rico
NOTE
Because your vehicle is not equipped
with a spare tire, you cannot do a tire
rotation safely with the jack that comes
with your vehicle. Have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer perform tire rotation.
íSome models.
8-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page264
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (264,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
Limited-Slip Differential system;
don't use the following:
l
Tires not of the designated size
l
Tires of different sizes or types at the
same time
l
Tires not sufficiently inflated
Forward
If these instructions aren't followed, the
rotation of the left and right wheels will
be different and will thus apply a
constant load on the limited-slip
differential.
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
This will cause a malfunction.
l
Incorrect tire pressure
qReplacing a Tire
l
Improper wheel alignment
l
Out-of-balance wheel
l
WARNING
Severe braking
Worn Tires:
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
lug nuts for tightness.
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
Always use tires that are in good
condition.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to rear,
not from side to side. Tire performance
will be weakened if rotated from side to
side.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be damaged.
8-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page265
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (265,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qTemporary Spare Tire
NOTE
Your Mazda is not equipped with a spare
tire. If you require a spare tire, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
l
When tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the sidewalls are
used, the system may not function
correctly even with a genuine wheel.
Refer to System Error Activation on
page 5-27.
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated
and stored.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction. It is
lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire and should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
l
Be sure to install the tire pressure
sensors whenever tires or wheels are
replaced. Refer to Tires and Wheels
on page 5-28.
Use the temporary only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2 kgf/
cm2 or bar, 60 psi).
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
CAUTION
l
Don't use your temporary spare tire
rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage both
tire and rim.
l
The temporary spare tire has a tread
New tread
Worn tread
life of up to 5,000 km (3,000 miles),
depending on road conditions and
driving habits.
You should replace it before the band is
across the entire tread.
l
The temporary spare tire is for
limited use, however, if the tread
wear solid-band indicator appears,
replace the tire with the same type of
temporary spare (page 8-30).
8-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page266
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (266,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qReplacing a Wheel
NOTE
Be sure to install the tire pressure
sensors whenever tires or wheels are
replaced. Refer to Tires and Wheels on
page 5-28.
WARNING
Using a Wrong-Sized Wheel:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident. Always use
wheels of the correct size on your
vehicle.
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
CAUTION
l
A wrong-sized wheel may adversely
affect:
l
Tire fit
Wheel and bearing life
Ground clearance
Snow-chain clearance
Speedometer calibration
Headlight aim
Bumper height
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Limited-Slip Differential System
l
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
l
When replacing/repairing the tires
or wheels or both, have the work
done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors
may be damaged.
l
The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed for
installation the tire pressure
sensors. Do not use non-genuine
wheels, otherwise it may not be
possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
8-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page267
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (267,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
Brake lights/Taillights
Trunk light
Overhead light (Rear)
Rear side-marker lights
High-mount brake light
Rear turn signal lights
Reverse lights
Courtesy lights
License plate light
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
Vanity mirror lights
Parking lights
Front side-marker lights
Front turn signal lights
Fog lights
Headlights (Low-beam)
Some models.
Headlights (High-beam)
8-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page268
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (268,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Your Mazda's headlights and fog lights
have replaceable halogen bulbs.
qReplacing a Headlight Bulb
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned
off and the headlight switch is off.
WARNING
2. Lift the hood and find the high and low
beam bulbs in the rear of the headlight
unit.
Xenon Fusion Bulb Replacement:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs by
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Do not replace the xenon
fusion bulbs by yourself. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer when the
replacement is necessary.
The outboard bulb is the LOW beam,
and the inboard one is the HIGH beam.
Refer to Light Bulbs on page 8-33.
3. If you are changing the right headlight
bulb, start the engine, turn the steering
wheel all the way to the right, and turn
off engine. If you are changing the left
headlight bulb, turn the steering wheel
to the left.
Handling Halogen Bulbs:
4. Turn the center section of the plastic
retainer counterclockwise and remove
the retainers and partially peel back the
mudguard.
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries could
be caused by the flying glass.
Removal
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when lit.
Never touch the glass portion of the
bulb with your bare hands and always
wear eye protection when handling or
working around halogen bulbs.
Installation
Children and Halogen Bulbs:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb or
breaking it some other way.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children.
8-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page269
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (269,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
High-beam bulb
(Halogen bulbs)
1. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
Carefully remove the headlight bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
1. Detach the electrical connector from
the sealing cover by pulling it to the
rear.
2. Disconnect the bulb from the electrical
connector by pressing the tab on the
connector with your finger and pulling
the bulb upward.
2. Detach the sealing cover from the bulb.
3. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
NOTE
Use the protective cover and carton of
the replacement bulb to dispose of the
old bulb promptly out of the reach of
children.
4. Swing the retaining spring out and
away to free the headlight bulb.
5. Carefully remove the headlight bulb
from the socket by pulling it straight
back.
Low-beam bulb
(Xenon fusion bulb)
You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by
yourself.
The bulbs must be replaced at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6. Replace the bulb.
7. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page270
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (270,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Front turn signal lights, Parking lights,
Front side-marker lights
NOTE
Use the protective cover and carton of
the replacement bulb to dispose of the
old bulb promptly out of the reach of
children.
1. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
2. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
qReplacing a Fog Light Bulbí
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qReplacing a Bulb (Front)
1. If you are changing the right bulb, start
the engine, turn the steering wheel all
the way to the right, and turn off
Front turn signal
lights
Parking lights
engine. If you are changing the left
bulb, turn the steering wheel to the left.
2. Turn the center section of the plastic
retainer counterclockwise and remove
the retainers and partially peel back the
mudguard.
Removal
Front side-marker lights
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Installation
8-36
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page271
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (271,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Overhead light (Rear), Courtesy lights,
Vanity mirror lights
qReplacing a Bulb (Interior)
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with the
screwdriver.
1. Remove the screws with a Phillips
screwdriver.
2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the trim and
gently insert it in the overhead light as
shown in the figure, and then remove
the overhead light unit.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Overhead light (Rear)
Edge
Courtesy lights
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Edge
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page272
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (272,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qReplacing a Bulb (Rear)
Vanity mirror lights
Rear turn signal lights, Brake lights/
Taillights, Reverse lights
1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers and
partially open the trunk side trim.
Removal
Edge
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Installation
Trunk light
1. Press both sides of the lens cap to
remove it.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Reverse lights
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Rear side-marker lights
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the bulbs should be
replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page273
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (273,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
High-mount brake light
2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the lens and
remove the lens by carefully prying on
the edge of the lens with a flathead
screwdriver.
1. Turn the center section of the plastic
retainer counterclockwise and remove
the retainers and trunk rear trim.
Removal
3. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Edge
Installation
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
License plate light
1. Press the front of the lens to detach the
front tabs.
8-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page274
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (274,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the inside of the
engine compartment fuse block cover.
Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qFuse Replacement
4. Inspect it and replace if it's blown.
Replacing the fuses on the driver's side
If the electrical system doesn't work, first
inspect fuses on the driver's side.
1. Turn off the ignition switch and other
switches.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
Blown
Normal
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
amperage rating, and make sure it fits
tightly. If it doesn't, have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer install it.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the AUDIO or CIGAR circuit.
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
8-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page275
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (275,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Replacing the fuses under the hood
3. If a fuse is blown, replace it with a new
one of the same amperage rating.
If the headlights or other electrical
components don't work and the fuses in
the cabin are OK, inspect the fuse block
under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it must
be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Turn off the ignition switch and all
other switches.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
Normal
Blown
Next to air filter
NOTE
l
To replace the MAIN fuse, contact
an Authorized Mazda Dealer (page
l
Verify that the engine cover is
securely installed.
Near battery
Engine cover
Battery cover
NOTE
Remove the engine and battery covers
before removing the fuse block cover
near the battery.
8-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page276
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (276,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
(Next to air filter)
(Near battery)
FUSE
RATING
DESCRIPTION
PROTECTED COMPONENT
For protection of all circuits
1
2
3
MAIN
120A
40A
60A
HEATER
AIR PUMP
Heater
Air pump
Power windows, Power door locks, Illuminated entry system,
Moonroofí
4
BTN
30A
5
6
7
8
9
DEFOG
FAN
50A
40A
60A
30A
15A
15A
15A
15A
30A
20A
20A
10A
Rear window defroster
Electric fan
ABS, DSCí
ABS/DSC
ACC
Lighter, Power control mirror, Accessory socket, Audio system
HEAD
Headlight high beamsí, Headlight cleanerí
Headlight low beam (RH)
Headlight low beam (LH)
DRLí (Headlight high beams)
DSCí
10 HEAD LOW R
11 HEAD LOW L
12 DRL
13 DSC
14 SEAT WARM
15 H/CLEAN
16 R.FOG
Seat warmerí
Headlight cleanerí
―
8-42
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page277
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (277,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
FUSE
RATING
DESCRIPTION
PROTECTED COMPONENT
17 FOG
15A
10A
30A
15A
15A
20A
15A
15A
15A
20A
20A
Fog lightsí
18 A/C MAG
19 IG
Air conditioner
For protection of various circuits
For protection of various circuits
Brake lights
20 IG KEY
21 STOP
22 FUEL PUMP
23 HORN
24 HAZARD
25 ETV
Fuel pump
Horn
Hazard warning flashers, Turn signals
Electric throttle valve
Windshield wiper and washer
Power windows
26 WIPER
27 P.WIND
Engine control system, Supplemental restraint system, ABS,
Power steering
28 ENGINE
29 TAIL
15A
10A
Taillights, License plate light, Parking lights, Front side-maker
lights, Rear side-marker lights
30 ILLUMI
31 EGI COMP1
32 EGI COMP2
33 EGI INJ
34 EPS
10A
10A
10A
15A
60A
Illuminated entry system
Engine control system
Engine control system
Fuel injector
Power steering
íSome models.
8-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page278
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (278,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuse panel (Driver's side)
FUSE
DESCRIPTION
PROTECTED COMPONENT
RATING
15A
7.5A
20A
7.5A
―
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CIGAR
ACC
Lighter
Audio system, Power control mirror
AUX PWR
A/C
Accessory socket
Air conditioner
―
―
―
―
―
SPARE
SPARE
M.DEF
7.5A
20A
10A
7.5A
20A
30A
30A
15A
15A
10A
―
―
Mirror defrosterí
10 DSC
DSCí
11 AUDIO
12 D.LOCK
13 P.WIND
14 ROOM
15 SPARE
16 SPARE
Audio systemí
Power door locks, Moonroofí
Power windows
Interior lights
―
―
8-44
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page279
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (279,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qDamage Caused by Bird
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint
Damage
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Prevention
Occurrence
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page280
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (280,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qWater Marks
NOTE
Occurrence
l
The paint chipping zone varies with
the speed of the vehicle. For
example, when traveling at 90 km/h
(56 mph), the paint chipping zone is
50 m (164 ft).
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
l
l
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of
paint chipping.
Prevention
Chipped paint can lead to rust
forming on your Mazda. Before this
happens, repair the damage by using
Mazda touch-up paint according to
the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area
could lead to serious rusting and
expensive repairs.
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.
qPaint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
8-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page281
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (281,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
l
Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
l
Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
qMaintaining the Finish
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
Washing
l
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
l
Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
l
Don't use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
CAUTION
Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
Don't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,
or strong detergents containing highly
alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-
plated or anodized aluminum parts.
This may damage the protective
l
The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
coating; also, cleaners and detergents
may discolor or deteriorate the paint.
l
The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
l
The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
l
Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
NOTE
l
Mazda is not responsible for
scratches caused by automatic car
washes or improper washing.
l
Scratches are more noticeable on
vehicles with darker paint finishes.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soap
to dry on the finish.
8-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page282
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (282,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
qRepairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
WARNING
Driving with Wet Brakes:
CAUTION
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal.
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced, make
sure the body shop applies anti-
corrosion materials to all parts, both
repaired and new. This will prevent
them from rusting.
qBright-Metal Maintenance
l
Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
l
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
l
During cold weather or in coastal areas,
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
CAUTION
Don't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,
or strong detergents containing highly
alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-
plated or anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and
similar materials will usually also take
off the wax. Rewax these areas even if
the rest of the vehicle doesn't need it.
discoloration or paint deterioration.
8-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page283
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (283,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qUnderbody Maintenance
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
NOTE
l
Don't use a wire brush or any
abrasive cleaner, polishing
compound, or solvent on aluminum
wheels. They may damage the
coating.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
l
Only use a mild soap or neutral
detergent and always use a sponge or
soft cloth to clean the wheels.
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or
cold water. Also, be sure to clean the
wheels after driving on dusty or
salted roads. This helps prevent
corrosion.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
l
Avoid washing your vehicle in an
automatic car wash that uses high-
speed or hard brushes.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
l
If your aluminum wheels lose luster,
wax the wheels.
WARNING
Driving with Wet Brakes:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the
vehicle pulling to one side when
braking could result in a serious
accident. Light braking will indicate
whether the brakes have been affected.
Dry the brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal.
8-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page284
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (284,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Fabricí
Interior Care
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
qDashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.
If these solutions get on the dashboard,
wipe them off immediately.
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
Suede-like materialí
Vinyl
Stains which are not treated immediately
will be difficult to remove later, and may
cause fading or discoloration.
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
Remove stains as soon as possible.
Leatherí
To clean, wipe with a soft, damp cloth.
Then buff with a soft, dry cloth.
Real leather isn't uniform and may have
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.
If the leather gets wet from rain, remove
the moisture as soon as possible and dry
in a shaded area.
If stains cannot be removed, using plain
water, try wiping with soapy water or a
mild detergent.
If the seats get wet, promptly remove
moisture with a dry cloth and allow it to
further dry in a shaded area.
If moisture is not removed, it will cause
hardening and shrinkage of the leather.
Do not leave vinyl products on the seats
for long periods as they may affect the
leather quality and coloring.
CAUTION
Don't clean the suede with leather
cleaner, a detergent, or soap. It will
cause discoloration.
To dry away any water, wipe with a soft,
dry cloth.
8-50
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page285
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (285,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qCleaning the Window Interiors
CAUTION
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.
Sharp or pointed metal objects can
damage the suede beyond repair.
Piano black panel
The center panel and door switch panels
have been treated with a special coating
that resists scratching.
When the panel needs to be cleaned, use a
soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.
CAUTION
l
Don't scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. You may damage
the rear window defroster grid.
l
When washing the inside rear
window, use a soft cloth dampened
in lukewarm water, gently wiping
the antenna lines.
Use of glass cleaning products could
damage the antenna.
NOTE
Scratches or nicks on the center and
door switch panels resulting from the
use of a hard brush or cloth may not be
repairable.
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
WARNING
Damaged Seat Belt:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer replace damaged belts
immediately.
8-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page286
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (286,1)
8-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page287
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (287,1)
Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
9
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Warranty ....................................................................................... 9-9
9-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page288
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (288,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of three ways.
By email at: www.mazdaUSA.com (Click the TALK TO US link at the top of the
home page).
Answers to many of your Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), including how to
locate or contact a local Mazda Dealership in the U.S., can be found here.
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
9-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page289
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (289,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
9-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page290
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (290,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-6).
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 305 Milner Avenue, Suite 400 Scarborough, Ontario M1B 3V4 Canada
TEL:1 (800) 263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
9-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page291
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (291,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
9-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page292
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (292,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
CAMVAP Number
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec
qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
AREAS COVERED
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
305 MILNER AVENUE
SUITE 400
ONTARIO,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
SCARBOROUGH, ONTARIO
M1B 3V4
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
1 (800) 263-4680
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
QUEBEC
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
9-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page293
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (293,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page294
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (294,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor
Distributor in Each Area
qU.S.A.
qCANADA
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL:1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Mazda Canada Inc.
305 Milner Avenue, Suite 400
Scarborough, Ontario M1B 3V4 Canada
TEL:1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(416) 609-9909 (outside Canada)
qPUERTO RICO
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300
qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
qAMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347
9-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page295
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (295,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
l
l
l
l
l
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
l
Emission Defect Warranty
Emission Performance Warranty
l
l
l
l
l
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
Tire Warranty
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.
9-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page296
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (296,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to
travelers on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page297
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (297,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to
travelers on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
l
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page298
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (298,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific
emission and safety standards.
Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In addition
to registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another
country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
9-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page299
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (299,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety system; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Installation of Non-Genuine Parts or Accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety system.
This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an
accident. Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine
parts or accessories.
Add-On Electrical and Electronic Equipment:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobile
telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page300
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (300,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Use of Cell Phones and Other Devices by Driver:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident.
If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe area
before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free
system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone or
other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead, concentrate on the
full-time job of driving.
Please comply to the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your country.
9-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page302
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (302,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
9-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page303
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (303,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
qUniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
9-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page304
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (304,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1
(800) 424-9393 (or 366-0123 in Washington, D.C. area) or write to: NHTSA,
U.S. Department of Transportation. Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also
obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be
forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown
9-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page305
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (305,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-064B-05
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2005 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2005 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2005 OWNER'S MANUAL
99999-95-040G-05
9999-95-079C-05 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-079C-05 (Canada only)
9999-PR-079C-05 (Puerto Rico only)
2005 OWNER'S MANUAL
2005 OWNER'S MANUAL
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.
9-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page306
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (306,1)
9-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page308
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (308,1)
Identification Numbers
qChassis Number
Vehicle Information Labels
qVehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the left top side of the
dashboard. This plate can easily be seen
through the windshield.
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label
qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard
Label
qTire Pressure Label
10-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page309
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (309,1)
Identification Numbers
qEngine Number
Forward
10-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page310
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (310,1)
Specifications
Specifications
qEngine
Item
Type
Model
Rotary engine
Displacement
Compression ratio
654 ml × 2 (654 cc × 2, 40.0 cu in × 2)
10.0
qElectrical System
Item
Model
Manual transmission
Battery
Alternator
Starter
12V-52AH/5HR
Automatic transmission
12 V - 100 A
12 V - 1.4 kW
Manual transmission
Automatic transmission
Trailing side
12 V - 1.8 kW
N3H1 18 110C*1*2
N3Y3 18 110, N3H2 18 110C*1*2
Spark-plug number
Spark-plug gap
Leading side
1.15―1.25mm (0.045―0.049 in)
*1 Standard
*2 ex factory
CAUTION
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating on
the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.
qLubricant Quality
Lubricant
Classification
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-12.
API Service GL-4 or GL-5 (SAE 75W-90)
ATF M-III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® III)
API Service GL-5 (SAE 90)
Engine oil
Manual transmission oil
Automatic transmission fluid
Rear differential oil
API Service GL-5 (SAE 80W-90)
API Service GL-5 (SAE 75W-90)*
Brake/Clutch fluid
SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3
* Not available from Mazda
10-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page311
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (311,1)
Specifications
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Unit
US qt
Item
L
3.5
3.3
9.8
1.75
8.7
1.3
60
Imp qt
With oil filter replacement
3.7
3.1
Engine oil
Coolant
Without oil filter replacement
3.5
10.4
2.9
8.6
Manual transmission oil
Automatic transmission fluid
Rear differential oil
Fuel tank
1.8
1.5
7.7
9.2
1.4
1.1
15.9 (US gal)
13.2 (Imp gal)
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
qDimensions
Item
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Model
4,425 mm (174.2 in), 4,430 mm*(174.4 in)
1,770 mm (69.7 in)
1,340 mm (52.8 in)
1,500 mm (59.1 in)
Rear tread
1,505 mm (59.3 in)
Wheelbase
2,700 mm (106.3 in)
* With license plate holder
qWeights
Weight
Item
Manual transmission
1,728 kg (3,809 lb)
827 kg (1,823 lb)
Automatic transmission
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
1,748 kg (3,854 lb)
841 kg (1,854 lb)
907 kg (2,000 lb)
1,385 kg (3,053 lb)
1,394 kg (3,073 lb)
Front
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Rear
901 kg (1,986 lb)
U.S.A.
1,374 kg (3,029 lb)
1,384 kg (3,051 lb)
CW (Curb Weight)
Canada
qAir Conditioner
Gas complies with SAE J639
Maximum operating charge
0.42 kg (14.8 oz)
HFC134a (R-134a)
10-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page312
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (312,1)
Specifications
qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Category
Light bulb
Wattage
65
ECE R
H9
SAE
―
High beam
Headlights
Low beam
Halogen
55
H7
―
Xenon fusion
35
D2S
―
Front turn signal lights
Parking lights
Fog lightsí
21
WY21W
W5W
H11
―
5
―
55
―
Front side-marker lights
High-mount brake light
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Reverse lights
3.8
21
―
#194
#7440
―
W21W
WY21W
W21/5W
W21W
W5W
―
21
21/5
21
#7443
#7440
―
License plate light
Rear side-marker lights
5
0.57
―
The rear side-marker light bulbs cannot be replaced because they are an LED-type bulb. The rear combination
component must be replaced.
Interior light
Category
Light bulb
Wattage
ECE R
W5W
W5W
―
Trunk light
5
5
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
Overhead light (Rear)
Courtesy lights
10
5
W5W
―
Vanity mirror lights
1.8
qTires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type
originally fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
10-6
íSome models.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page313
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (313,1)
Specifications
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure. Refer to Tire Inflation
Pressure on page 8-28.
Inflation pressure
Tire size
Front
Rear
225/55R16 94V
225/45R18 91W
220 kPa
220 kPa
(2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi or lb/po2)
(2.2 kgf/cm2, 32 psi or lb/po2)
Vehicle capacity weight:308 kg (680 lb)
qFuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-40.
10-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page314
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (314,1)
10-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page316
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (316,1)
Index
A
B
Brake/Clutch
Brakes
Automatic Transmission
C
Child Restraint
B
Battery
Beep Sounds
11-2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page317
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (317,1)
Index
D
E
Defroster
F
Flasher
Fluids
E
Engine
Engine Coolant
Fuel
G
11-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page318
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (318,1)
Index
H
I
Headlights
J
I
K
Ignition
L
Light Bulbs
M
Maintenance
11-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page319
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (319,1)
Index
M
R
Mirrors
S
Seat Belt System
Seats
O
P
Security System
SRS Air Bags
R
11-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page320
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (320,1)
Index
S
T
Towing
T
Tiedown
V
Tires
W
11-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page321
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (321,1)
Index
W
Windows
11-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
RX-8_8T69-EA-04G_Edition1 Page322
Wednesday, June 9 2004 2:13 PM
Black plate (322,1)
11-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Form No.8T69-EA-04G
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Prod
Contents, Accessories, and Laser
Accessories
Laser Produc
Contents . . .
Safety Inform
Introduction
Names and F
Accessories
Prepa-
Please contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you are
missing any of the following accessories.
ration
Map Disc
Before U
Owner's Manual
Destin
Imme-
CAUTION:
THIS PRODUCT IS A CLASS LASER PRODUCT .
HOWEVER THIS PRODUCT USES A VISIBLE/INVISIBLE LASER BEAM
WHICH COULD CAUSE HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE IF DIRECTED.
BE SURE TO OPERATE THIS PRODUCT CORRECTLY AS INSTRUCTED.
USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF
I
diate
use
PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN
HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. DO NOT OPEN COVERS AND DO
NOT REPAIR YOURSELF. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
Charac
POI Ico
Direct De
After Rou
Laser products:
Wave length: 650 nm
Laser power: No hazardous radiation is emitted with safety protection.
Route Ch
Marked Point
Advanced
use
Setup
Precautions/S
If
necessary
Troubleshoot
Maintenance
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Product
Laser
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Laser Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
3
4
8
Prepa-
ration
Names and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Before Use
Before Use
GActivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
GPop Up Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GSystem Operation Verification
15
16
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GScreen Quality Adjustment
GMap Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
GChanging the map Orientation/Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Destination Entry and Route Search
20
Imme-
G
Destination by address
G
Destination by intersection
diate
G
Destination by Point of Interest (POI) categories
Destination by history
use
G
G
G
Destination by a marked point
Destination by the map
Routing
Character Entry
22
POI Icons on Maps / Zipcode Entry
23
24
Direct Destination Input
G
Ro,ute Search Cancellation, Whole Route display,
Route guidance cancellation
After Routing
Route Changes
Marked Point
25
26
Marking
28
30
Advanced
use
Setup
User setting
Precautions/System Performance
GVoice Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
GAutomatic Distance Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
GGPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
GMap Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
GPositioning Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
GRoute Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
GRoute Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
GVerification First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
GError Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
If
necessary
As
necessary
Troubleshooting
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Information
IRead this owner's manual for your Navigation System carefully before using the system.
They contain instructions about how to use the system in a safe and effective manner.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for any problems resulting from failure to observe the instructions
given in this manual.
W
Warning
IThis manual uses pictographs to show you how to use the product safely and to alert you to potential
dangers resulting from improper connections and operation. The meanings of the pictographs are
explained below. It is important that you fully understand the pictographs and explanations in order to
use this manual and the system properly.
I
I
D
Do
be
Warnings
The presence of this Warning symbol in the text is intended to
N
Do
pr
alert you to the importance of heeding the operation instructions.
Failure to heed the instructions may result in severe injury or death.
Warning
Warning
I
Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system
while driving.
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time
spent on viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving.
Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and can
cause accidents. Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake
before operating the system.
Warnings
I
I
Always obey local traffic regulations.
Your guided route may include roads that are not open to vehicles or are closed due to
traffic regulations. Comply with the local traffic regulations and take another route.
Do not use the unit when it is out of order
.
If the unit is out of order (no image, no sound) or in an abnormal state (has foreign
matter in it, is exposed to water, is smoking, or smells), then turn it off immediately and
consult with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Using the unit in out-of-order condition
may lead to accidents, fires, or electric shocks.
I
I
Use the proper power supply.
This product is designed for operation with a negative grounded 12 V DC battery
system.
Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous.
This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed. They could play with
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move. Don’t leave the keys
in your vehicle with children.
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
m.
The presence of this Warning symbol in the text is intended
to alert you to the importance of heeding the operation instructions.
Failure to heed the instructions may result in severe injury or death.
e instructions
Warning
Warning
ou to potential
graphs are
ons in order to
I
I
Do not disassemble.
Do not disassemble the product or attempt to repair it yourself. If the product needs to
be repaired, take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Warnings
ntended to
instructions.
jury or death.
Never attempt to play the map disc on an audio player.
Do not attempt to play the map disc on other CD (DVD) player. The loud sound
produced may damage your hearing and your speakers.
stem
he time
driving.
and can
g brake
sed due to
route.
oreign
diately and
dition
ttery
play with
ve the keys
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Safety Information
The presence of this Caution symbol in the text is intended to
PLEASE READ
This software and
protect it.
alert you to the importance of heeding the operation instructions.
Failure to heed the instructions may result in injury or material damage.
Caution
Caution
By using this Soft
You agree to use
not for service bu
reproduce this So
or otherwise reve
Further Restrictio
GPS receivers, c
applications insta
positioning, dispa
devices, cell phon
No warranty. Thi
suppliers and lice
or otherwise, incl
particular purpose
Disclaimer of Wa
OR IMPLIED, OF
NON-INFRINGEM
extent the above
Disclaimer of Liab
RESPECT OF AN
CLAIM, DEMAND
RESULT FROM T
CONTRACTS OR
DAMAGES ARIS
SOFTWARE, OR
TORT OR BASE
POSSIBILITY OF
damages limitatio
Indemnity. You a
of any kind arisin
Export Control. Y
thereof except in
Governing Law.
to (i) its conflict o
IDo not use the product where it is exposed to water, moisture, or dust.
Exposure to water, moisture, or dust may lead to smoke, fire, or other damage to the unit.
Make especially sure that the unit does not get wet in car washes or on rainy days.
Cautions
IKeep the voice guidance volume at an appropriate level.
Keep the volume level low enough to be aware of road and traffic conditions while driving.
IProtect the Deck Mechanism.
Do not insert any foreign objects into the slot of this unit.
IThis navigation system is designed use for exclusively in automobiles.
This navigation system should only be installed in an automobile. Do not install it in a
ship, aircraft, or any other vehicles except an automobile. Do not use it detached from
the vehicle.
IDo not insert or allow your hand or fingers to be caught in the unit.
To prevent injury, do not get your hand or fingers caught in moving parts or in the disc
slot. Especially watch out for infants.
IDo not leave the sliding front cover for the unit's disc insertion slot open.
If it is left open, foreign objects could enter the unit and cause damage.
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SOFTWARE (MAP DISC) LICENCE AGREEMENT
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING NAVTECH PRODUCT
This software and data (“Software”) is provided for your personal, non-commercial use only. Copyright and other Laws
protect it.
tended to
nstructions.
erial damage.
By using this Software you agree to the following terms and conditions.
You agree to use this Software for solely personal use or, if applicable, for use in your business‘ internal operations, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Except to save it on your hard drive, you may not copy or
reproduce this Software, and may not distribute it in any form, for any purpose. You agree not to disassemble, decompile
or otherwise reverse engineer the Software, except to the extent expressly permitted by mandatory laws.
Further Restrictions. You may not use this Software with: (i) any positioning devices, including without limitation, any
GPS receivers, compasses, wheel sensors, or any other distance or direction sensors; or (ii) any products, systems or
applications installed in or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, or capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (iii) any hand-held computer
devices, cell phones or similar mobile devices.
dust.
e to the unit.
days.
while driving.
No warranty. This Software is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. Mazda and its
suppliers and licencers make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law
or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a
particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Software will be uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: Mazda AND ITS SUPPLIERS AND LICENSORS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: Mazda AND ITS SUPPLIERS AND LICENSORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN
RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY
RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE SOFTWARE; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS SOFTWARE, ANY DEFECT IN THE
SOFTWARE, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR
TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF Panasonic OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some states, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.
biles.
all it in a
ed from
t.
the disc
ot open.
Indemnity. You agree to indemnify and hold Mazda and its suppliers and licensors harmless from any liability or loss
of any kind arising out of or in connection with any use by you of this Software.
Export Control. You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Software provided to you or any direct product
thereof except in compliance with applicable export laws, rules and regulations.
Governing Law. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the Netherlands, without giving effect
to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for contracts for the international Sale of Goods.
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Features
Customer Se
If you need h
want to repor
DVD, please
This DVD Navigation System combined with the NAVTECH's MAP Disc
has following special features:
GDetailed maps are used.
Selected destinations will be displayed for easy viewing.
GDesired places or facilities can be stored in the memory.
Latest map D
Map content
points of inte
to supply the
the DVD map
covered to th
roads may no
on a regular
1-888-NAV-M
Notes
GDVD audio and video will not work by this unit.
GThis unit does not support all Video CD and CD formats.
Map Disc
This unit supports only DVD-SDAL-formatted map disc (SEAMLESS) that NAVTECH has
specifically designed for this unit. Mazda shall not be liable for any damages caused by
using other formatted discs. Make sure to use only the discs specified for this product.
Caution
Notes
Please hav
This inform
Use This Product Safety
IAvoid excessive moisture
Do not expose the product to water or excessive moisture.
Press
Select
This could cause electrical shorts, fire or other damage.
IExtremely low or high temperatures may interfere with normal operation
The inside of the vehicle can become very hot or cold when it is parked for extended
periods in direct sunlight or in cold places with the engine turned off. The navigation
system may not operate normally under such circumstances. Turn off the navigation
system until the inside of the vehicle has cooled down or warmed up. If the system does
not operate thereafter, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Use the
menu o
Select
Map an
Navigation System
For furthe
instruction
This navigation system utilizes GPS* satellite signals, Speed sensor and
Gyrosensor to track and display your vehicle's current position, and to guide you from
your starting point to your destination along a calculated route.
GPS (Global Positioning System) is a position detecting system utilizing the signals from GPS satellites
deployed by the U.S. Defense Department.
* :
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Map Related Issues
Customer Service
If you need help with the operation your Mazda navigation system,
want to report a map database error or wish to obtain a new map
DVD, please call 1-888-NAV-MAPS (1-888-628-6277).
Latest map DVD
Map content is constantly changing due to the addition of new roads,
points of interest, traffic restrictions, etc. While every effort is made
to supply the most accurate DVD map, it is not always possible for
the DVD map to match the current roadways. Not all map areas are
covered to the same level of detail. Some areas that include private
roads may not be included on the database. Map DVD's are updated
on a regular basis to check availability, please call
TECH has
aused by
roduct.
1-888-NAV-MAPS (1-888-628-6277).
Notes
Please have the map and software version numbers available in advance.
This information can be found by using the following procedure:
Press
Select
on the remote control.
MENU
and press
operation
ENTER
ended
Use the remote control joystick to scroll through the
menu options, select and press
gation
ENTER
igation
stem does
Select and press
ENTER
Map and software versions are now displayed.
For further assistance please refer to pages 30 in the
instruction book.
from
satellites
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Names and Functions
MENU key
Displays menu.
MENU
VOICE key
Initiates vocal guidance
for route maneuvers.
Adjusts screen quality.
VOICE
(
page 16)
10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Joystick
Selects items
ENTER
by tilting it up, down, right, and left.
Scrolls map.
POS (Position) key
Displays your current position.
POS
(
page 18)
ZOOM key
ZOOM
Changes the map scale.
(
page 19)
ENTER key
Executes a selected item.
Displays pop up menu.
ENTER
RET
(
page 14)
RET key
Returns to the previous screen.
ance
rs.
ality.
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TILT
TILT
OPEN
OPEN
GAlways close the sliding front cover. If it is left open, foreign
objects could enter the unit and cause damage.
12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
TILT
TILT
ft open, foreign
age.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Befo
Pop Up Menu
The mobile n
properly calib
Pop Up menu appears when pressing
This function is mainly used during route searches.
.
ENTER
1. When usin
2. When the
3. When the
wheel dia
I
When route has
been set or route
in operation
Route change (
Route display (
Route list display
page 26)
page 25)
4. When del
Marked point registration (
Map orientation change (
page 28)
page 19)
Notes
GStart the d
to start dur
Stop route Search (
Rerouting
page 25)
GThe vehicle
depending
is calculati
Appears only when the auto reroute
function page 32)is inactivated.
Note
(
I
Resetting
Change of routing Search method(
Change volume
page 21)
Drive the veh
(12.5 MPH) w
Delete Destination (
page 25)
Notes
I
When scroll map
Make sure t
is displayed
Direct destination input
with the joystick (
page 24)
Near POI (Point of Interest) search
(within a radius of about 6 mile) (
page 24)
GExample : When
is selected.
Detour submenu
Highlighted
Note
This function is not available on intersection zoom maps.
14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System Operation Verification
Before Use
Automatic distance correction
The mobile navigation system uses GPS data for distance correction automatically. It must be
properly calibrated for accurate operation. Perform calibration in any of the following circumstances:
1. When using the navigation system for the very first time after installing the system.
2. When the navigation system is transferred to another vehicle.
3. When the tire pressure is changed, tires are rotated, the spare tire is used, tire size, or
wheel diameter is changed.
4. When deleting the position correction learning results.
e 28)
19)
Notes
GStart the driving after closing the opening screen as much as possible. The system is ready
to start during opening screen.
GThe vehicle position indicator may disappear temporarily after the speed is increased
depending on the vehicle model. This is a normal phenomenon indicating that the system
is calculating the distance correction.
uto reroute
s inactivated.
I
Resetting automatic distance correction
page 21)
Drive the vehicle in an open area for approximately 30-minutes at a speed over 20 kph
(12.5 MPH) while receiving GPS signals.
Notes
Make sure the GPS reception indicator is illuminated on the map screen.
page 24)
GPS reception indicator
15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Screen Quality Adjustment
Before Use
VOICE Press and hold
ENTER
ENTER
1
2
3
Open [Display
Menu]
Select
Screen quality
adjustment
Select
Screen display turns off.
Press any button to
return to screen display.
Screen off
Select
/
headlights OFF - DAY MODE
headlights ON - NIGHT MODE
Day / Night
mode selector
When the headlights are on,
daytime mode can also be
selected (if extra screen
brightness is required under
certain nighttime conditions).
This selection can only be done
when the headlights are on.
Press
to switch
ENTER
between day and night modes.
16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ent
ENTER
ENTER
3
ENTER
Adjust screen
brightness.
ENTER
Adjust screen
contrast.
n display turns off.
any button to
to screen display.
ENTER
ENTER
Returns screen to
initial settings.
ts OFF - DAY MODE
ts ON - NIGHT MODE
e headlights are on,
mode can also be
(if extra screen
ss is required under
ighttime conditions).
ection can only be done
e headlights are on.
to switch
ENTER
day and night modes.
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chang
Do n
Do no
the m
distra
vehic
Warning
Map
orientat
Map sca
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Changing the Map Orientation/Scale
Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time spent viewing
the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving. Operating the system will
distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident. Always stop the
vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake before operating the system.
Warning
Open the pop up menu
ENTER
ENTER
(while in current position map)
1
2
North Up :
Geographic north is up.
Select
press
or
and
ENTER
Map
orientation
Head Up
:
The direction you are
heading is up.
ZOOM OUT: Enlarges the map.
ZOOM
1
The map can be displayed in
twelve steps with scales from
to
.
ZOOM
Map scale
ZOOM IN: Reduces the map.
(more detail.)
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Do n
G
G
Do n
view
syst
stop
Rou
that
Destination Entry and Route Search
Warnings
G
If you would like to go back to your start point, select the [History] in the [Select
Destination] Menu, after that, select a green flag icon
as a destination.
ENTER select
ENTER
ENTER
MENU
ENTER
ENTER
1
2
3
Enter/Selec
street name
Enter/Selec
city name.*
Open the [Select
Destination] Menu
Select
Destination by
address
Enter the
2
Zipcode.
*
*
*
1 The memory store
2 Depending on th
Select
Select
Destination by
Enter the nam
the city wher
target interse
intersection
Default: North Central USA
Select
Enter the ta
city name.
Character entry
(
page 22)
Select a
To enter the street
name, city name,
zip code, and other.
Destination
by POI
destination from
the POI categories.
GPOI icon chart
Enter the ta
(The 20 closest d
position appear
(
page 23)
Destination by
history
Open the [Select
Destination] Menu
Select a dest
Select
Select
(Up to 50 points
Select a des
(Up to 100 p
Destination by
GRefer to page 28 for information about
a marked point
marked points.
Move the cr
cursor to th
Select
Destination by
the map
20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving.
G
G
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time spent
viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving. Operating the
system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident. Always
stop the vehicle in a safe location before operating the system.
Route searches with the navigation system can include roads that you can not drive on and roads
that you are prohibited from driving on due to traffic regulations. Please comply with the traffic regulations.
earch
Warnings
[Select
on.
Character entry or selection
ER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
(
page 22)
3
4
Search method
Enter/Select the
street name.
Select the
city name.
Select the
house
Enter/Select the
city name.*1
Enter/Select
the street
name.
number
.
Enter the
2
Zipcode.
*
*
1 The memory stores up to 10 cities visited recently, and these city names can be selected.
*2 Depending on the area,zipcode search may not be possible.
This is the route that
reaches the destination
in the shortest time.
Enter the
other street
name that
makes up the
intersection.
Enter the
name of a
This route reduces the
use of highways (if there
are highways on the way).
Enter the name of
street that is
the city where your
part of the
target intersection is.
intersection.
You can designate a
destination on the map.
(Move the crosshair
cursor to the destination.)
The following menus will be
Enter the target
city name.
Enter the
target name.
Select a
desired
destination
from the list.
displayed when
pressed on the map display.
[Marked Point]
is
ENTER
Enter the target name.
[Destination]
(The 20 closest destinations to the current
position appear (within a radius of about 30 mile.).)
[Nearest POI]
(
page 24)
Marks the destination
esulting from the search.
Select a destination from the list of recent destinations.
r
(Up to 50 points including the latest starting point are in the system memory.)
Note
Select a destination from the list of Marked points
(Up to 100 points).
The results from the route
search are not always the
shortest routes. You cannot
always avoid the highways
even if the highway is set
to [Avoid Highway].
nformation about
Move the crosshair
cursor to the destination and press ENTER
.
For example, you will be
on the highway when your
vehicle is on the highway
or when your destination
exists on the highway.
Select
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Character Entry
POI I
POI (Poin
I
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
The followi
1
2
AUTO SE
AU
Select the first several
Select your target
characters on the screen. in the list, and press ENTER
AU
AS
GA
PA
PA
PA
Names of which spelling starts
with the entered character
appear.
: Move the cursor to
the previous position and
delete a character.
RE
FA
GIf a desired name is not in the
list, go back to the step 1,
and try fewer characters.
To enter the
street name,
city name,
and other.
: The list appears.
RE
GUp to 10 characters can be
entered.
BANKIN
IEntry of a street name
AT
B
Do not enter the type of street such as ST, AVE, PL, LN,
or RD as the search may not perform successfully.
Caution
GExamples
Street : 33RD ST
Enter by selecting characters:
BORDE
CROSS
3 3 R D
BUSINE
FACILIT
EMERG
HO
P
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
1
2
HOTEL
MOTEL
Select the characters
on the screen.
Select
and press
To enter the
zip code,
house
: Move the cursor to the previous position
and delete a character.
number,
and other.
: Space
22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
POI Icons on Maps / Zipcode Entry
POI (Point of Interest) Icons
I
ENTER
ENTER
The following are POI icons shown on maps.
LEISURE/
RECREATION
AUTO SERVICES
NAMED PLACE
AUTO REPAIR
AMUSEMENT PARK
CASINO
PUBLIC
FACILITY
s
AUTOMOBILE
ASSOCIATION
CITY HALL
GAS STATION
PARK & RIDE
GOLF COURSE
COMMUNITY CENTER
HISTORICAL
MONUMENT
COURT HOUSE
PARKING GARAGE
PARKING LOT
MARINA
EXHIBITION OR
ng starts
cter
CONFERENCE CENTER
MUSEUM
LIBRARY
SCHOOL
RENTAL CAR
FACILITY
PARKS AND
RECREATION
not in the
ep 1,
ters.
REST AREA
SKI RESORT
UNIVERSITY OR
COLLEGE
STADIUM / ARENA
THEATER
RESTAURANT
BANKING
TOURIST
ATM
N,
ATTRACTION
SHOPPING
TOURIST INFORMATI0N
WINERY
BANK
GROCERY STORE
SHOPPING CENTER
BORDER
CROSSING
TRANS -
PORTATION
BUSINESS
FACILITY
AIRPORT
EMERGENCY
BUS STATION
HOSPITAL
FERRY TERMINAL
POLICE STATION
LIGHT RAIL
STATION
ENTER
HOTEL OR
MOTEL
TRAIN STATION
s
ENTER
s position
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Direct destination input
Afte
ENTER
Position the cursor on your
destination on the map
Scroll the map and change the map scale if necessary.
Route
search
cancellat
ENTER
ENTER
Select
ENTER
Direct
destination
input
Whole
route
(
page 21)
display
(while o
current
position
map)
Select a route search method
G
You can determine whether or not to use a highway if there is a
highway within a radius of about 300ft from the crosshair cursor position.
[Choose Highway]
: Highway is used.
: Highway is not used.
Notes
GA point near the crosshair cursor position can be a
destination if there is not a destination point at the
specified point.
GA POI icon will be a destination if there is a POI icon close to
the crosshair cursor.
Delete
destinati
(while o
current
position
map)
ENTER
Select
ENTER
ENTER
Driving to
the nearest
POI
(within a
radius of
about 6 mile)
Select the POI category
GIcon list (
page 23)
Select an icon from the list that you would
like to go to.
G
The 20 closest destinations to your current position appear.
(
page21)
Select a route search method
Note
When there is no POI that you would like to go to, then
[POI Not Found] will appear.
24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
After routing
During route search
essary.
ENTER
Select
ENTER
ENTER
Route
search
cancellation
ENTER
After route search
Whole
route
ENTER
ENTER
Select
Select
ENTER
age 21)
ere is a
cursor position.
display
(while on
current
position
map)
a
on close to
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
Delete
destination
(while on
current
position
map)
ER
ou would
sition appear.
page21)
go to, then
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Do n
Do no
the m
distra
vehic
This function allows you to search
for alternative routes to the same
destination.
Warning
Route Changes
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
1 2
Open Pop up Menu
Select a r
(while on current position map)
Alternative
route
search
GMaximum 3
Select str
Avoid
streets
GStreets to a
Select the first point that
you would like to go by on
the way to your destination.
Select the se
and followin
points
I
Via point
Delete a v
I
Select a point t
Detour
distance
G
Refer to pag
Notes
GThe detour
GYou can set
opens. It wi
GIf you add a
may not be
26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Do not keep your eyes fixed on the monitor screen or operate the system while driving
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time spent viewing
the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving. Operating the system will
distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident. Always stop the
vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake before operating the system.
to search
the same
Warning
ENTER
Select a route
GMaximum 3 routes (including the current one) appear.
Select streets to avoid
GStreets to avoid become gray
e first point that
d like to go by on
o your destination.
Use the point search
and entry by
following the same
steps in"Destination
Entry and Route
Search"
Select the second
and following via
points
I
When adding a new point between the
current position and the first point
When adding a new point between the
first point and the destination
(
page 20, 21)
Delete a via point
I
Select a point that you would like to delete.
G
Refer to page 32 for designating the detour distance.
Notes
GThe detour may be longer than the distance you specified.
GYou can set up to five Via points. If you try to add a sixth point, then the [Delete] menu
opens. It will prompt you to delete a currently selected point.
GIf you add a Via point near your current position when adding points, then Avoid Highway
may not be selected with the route search method in some cases.
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GUp to 100 points can be stored.
GEach stored point is memorized with its
name and icon, and shown on the map.
Marked Point
ENTE
ENTER
POS
ENTER
/
1
2
3
Marking
your
current
position
POS
Press
to display
the current position
ENTER
Move
to
position the crosshair
cursor on a point to be marked
Marking
any point
on the map
ENTER
ENTER
select
ENTER
ENTER
MENU
1
2
Open [Setup Menu]
Select a m
point from
Changing
a marked
point icon
Select
Select
Renaming
a marked
point (User
POI)
G
Information
the marked
appears.
Deleting
a marked
point
28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
d.
d with its
the map.
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
3
I
Stop your vehicle before doing the following operations:
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving.
Minimize the time spent viewing the monitor screen and listening
to the voice guidance while driving.
Warning
Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of
the vehicle and may cause an accident. Always stop the vehicle in
a safe location and use the parking brake before operating the
system.
Note
If the same point is stored in “Marking Your Current
Position”, then it is registered with one local name on the
list. If the same point is stored in different processes, for
example, as in “Marking Your Current Position” and
“Marking Any Point on the Map”, then two local names,
identical to each other, will be shown on the list.
NTER
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
3
Select an icon
Select a marked
point from the list
Enter a name
G
Information about
the marked point
appears.
29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
GThe setting is a variable to suit your preferences.
Setu
Setup
IStop your vehicle before the following operations
ME
Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time spent viewing the
monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving. Operating the system will
distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may cause an accident.
1
2
Warning
Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and put the parking brake on before operating the system.
ENT
MENU
ENTER select
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER
1
2
: D
Open th
screen
: Default
Map setting (
page 31)
page 32)
Open
[Setup Menu]
Route setting (
System setting (
page 33)
ENT
(
page 9)
Map area, Map disc (DVD) version and software
version appear.
You can check your route from the starting point to the
destination.
This function is available after route setup is performed.
(
(
page 28)
page 28)
You can change and delete marked points.
GOn : Icons on a map.
GOff : No icon on a map.
When the actual position of your
vehicle is different from the vehicle
position on a map
Restoring
defaults
I
ENTER
ENTER
Change the vehicle position.
IHow to
ENTER
Change the vehicle direction.
: Rotation in a clockwise direction by 11.25°.
: Rotation in a counterclockwise direction
by 11.25°.
30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Map
Setup
ENTER
MENU
select
ENTER
nt viewing the
ill
1
2
he system.
ENTER
ENTER select
ENTER
ENTER
3
ENTER
: Default
Open the [Map]
screen
IColor (daytime)
)
32)
IColor (nighttime)
33)
ENTER
IMap Direction
G
G
North Up : Geographic north is always up on the map.
Head Up : The direction you are going is always up on the
map.
oftware
IVehicle Position
t to the
formed.
GCenter : The current vehicle position indicator is displayed
in the center of the screen.
GOff Ctr : The current vehicle position indicator is displayed
at the bottom of the screen.
s.
IPOI Icon
G
G
On : POI icons appear in their marked positions.
Off : POI icons do not appear in their marked positions.
of your
e vehicle
ITrace Mark
IHow to exit
G
G
On : The traced route is marked.
Off : The traced route is not marked.
ENTER
tion by 11.25°.
se direction
31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Route
Setup
Setu
ME
MENU
ENTER select
ENTER
1
2
1
2
ENTER select
ENTER
ENTER
ENTE
ENTER
3
: Default
: D
IDetour (mile/km)
Open the [Route]
screen
Open th
[System
screen
The detouring distance is specified.
G1
G2
G5
: 1 mile/km
: 2 mile/km
: 5 mile/km
G
G
10 : 10 mile/km
20 : 20 mile/km
IAuto Re-route
G
On : Searching for another route is activated to go back
to the original route when you drive away from it.
Off : No search takes place.
EN
G
Usually, this function should be set to [ON].
ISystem Mode
GMap : The map mode
GGuide : The guide mode map
IZoom
GOn : The intersection zoom map appears automatically
when approaching an intersection.
Off : The zoom function is not activated when approaching
an intersection.
G
IEstimated Travel Time
G
On : The estimated travel time is announced by
voice guidance, and displayed on the current
vehicle map.
GOff : No announce
IHow to
IHow to exit
ENTER
32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System
Setup
MENU
select
ENTER
ENTER
1
2
ENTER
ENTER
ENTER select
ENTER
ENTER
3
: Default
IVolume control (5 levels)
Open the
[System Setup]
screen
Sets the volume for voice guidance and voice feedback*.
When the volume is set to 0, the voice is turned off.
IBeep
GOn : Beep activated when pressing buttons in the
remote control.
G
Off : Beep inactivated when pressing buttons in the
remote control.
go back
om it.
ENTER
IVoice Feedback*
G
G
On : Activates voice feedback.
Off : Cancels voice feedback.
IClock
ILanguage
atically
IChangeover meter/mile
proaching
G
G
Metric : Meters
English : Miles
IDaylight Saving Time(Summer Time)
nt
G
On : Daylight saving time mode is enabled.
(The navigation internal clock gains 1 hour).
Off : Daylight saving time mode is disabled.
G
IHow to exit
ENTER
* The operation status is announced by voice.
(e.g. changing the map orientation, starting or terminating
the route calculation, staring or terminating the simulation,
displaying the maneuver list.)
33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Precautions/System Performance
Voice Guidance
GThe navigation system is just a support system for the driver. The driver should always
pay attention to the traffic situation to safely make decisions. You may be unable at
times to arrive at your destination due to out-of-date information on a map disc. You
should be especially careful when selecting an urgent destination such as a hospital or
a police station.
Warnings
G Your route may sometimes include roads that are not open to vehicles or are closed
due to traffic regulations. Please comply with the local traffic regulations.
G Do not change the settings and destination locations while driving. Minimize the time
spent viewing the monitor screen and listening to the voice guidance while driving.
Operating the system will distract the driver from looking ahead of the vehicle and may
cause an accident. Always stop the vehicle in a safe location and use the parking brake
before operating the system.
GIf you are u
takes about
position.
IGPS sign
Voice guidance has the following functions:
IIntersection guidance
GThe system voice announces the distance to an upcoming turn and the turning direction.
a
This guidance function is automatic. Therefore, you do not have to set it, and it cannot
be disabled.
GThe system vocally announces the distance to an upcoming highway
In tunnels
branching point or junction.
GThe GPS sa
lower positi
GThere may
turning on t
a
This guidance function can be set in the [Setup menu]. For details, see page 32.
Route
Second branching point
First branching point
150m
Roundabout.
Take the second
exit.
Left turn ahead,
then right turn.
100m
This functio
disc, applies
and displays
In 700m left turn.
GIntelligent m
in vehicle p
When two intersections are close together,
the voice guidance may be late.
When two roundabouts are close together,
the voice guidance for the second may be late.
Automatic Distance Correction
GThe mobile navigation system calculates and indicates the vehicle position on the map by
multiplying the speed pulse emitted by the vehicle with a correction coefficient.
The speed pulse emitted varies with the type of vehicle and with differences in tire
pressure and wear.
A different correction coefficient might even be required for the same type of vehicle.
GUsing a spare tire in place of the regular one may cause vehicle position deviations.
GUsing a spa
GAny differen
on the map
34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ance
GPS
GPS is a position detecting system utilizing the signals from
GPS satellites deployed by the U.S. Department of Defense.
The Mobile Navigation System uses input from three or more
satellites and calculates the vehicle position based on the
principle of triangulation.
uld always
able at
sc. You
hospital or
The positioning accuracy of the system corresponds to the
error display of the GPS which is from about 30 to 200 meters.
e closed
e the time
riving.
e and may
rking brake
GIf you are using the system for the first time, or if you have not used it for some time, it
takes about 5 minutes (or about 2 minutes in open areas) to calculate your vehicle's
position.
IGPS signal reception is poor in the following places
direction.
nd it cannot
In tunnels
Among high-rise buildings Under elevated roads
In wooded areas
GThe GPS satellites are controlled by the U.S. Defense Department, which may intentionally
lower positioning accuracy. In such cases, there may be vehicle position deviations.
GThere may be vehicle position deviations for some time until GPS signals are received after
turning on the ignition.
e 32.
bout.
second
Map Matching
This function compares your vehicle's tracking data with the road data on the map
disc, applies dead reckoning to determine the road you are driving on,
and displays your vehicle on that road on the map.
GIntelligent map matching addresses the following problems to achieve high accuracy
in vehicle positioning.
Position Correction for Elevated Roads
Position accuracy is improved by detecting if
the vehicle is running on or under an elevated road.
ogether,
may be late.
Position Correction for Parking Garages
Position accuracy is improved by detecting if the vehicle
is driving in an elevated or underground parking garage.
High-precision Gyrosensor
A gyro detects turns with an accuracy of 0.05˚ per second.
Combined with a speed sensor, it enables the system to display
the current vehicle position even where GPS signals may be
blocked.
the map by
tire
GUsing a spare tire in place of the regular one may cause vehicle position deviations.
GAny difference between the direction which your vehicle actually travels and that shown
on the map is automatically eliminated by azimuth correction.
ehicle.
tions.
35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The n
atten
destin
when
Precautions/System Performance
Warning
Positioning Accuracy
In the following situations, your vehicle position may not be displayed correctly on the map. But, as you
keep driving, your vehicle position will be automatically corrected utilizing map matching and GPS data.
Although yo
wrong with t
The
sho
pas
in w
reas
Entering an intersection
Making a turn after Running on a steep Running on a spiral
Running on an
elevated road
where a road branches
off at a small angle
driving on a long
straight road
mountain road
road
CAR FERRY
STOP
After getting off a
ferryboat or
vehicle train
When your vehicle
is on a turntable
with the ignition
turned off
Running on a
slippery road with
tire chains
Running on gridiron
layout of roads
Snaking on a
wide road
Route Guide
Although you may encounter the following problems in route guide, there is nothing wrong
with the system.
In 300 m
right turn
?
Left turn
ahead
For certain intersection shapes, the
upcoming turn or the name of the
intersection may not be announced.
For certain intersection shapes, you
may be prompted to turn right or left
When you should actually stay on the
same road.
Voice guidance for the planned route
may continue even after you have
deviated from that route such as
having turned too early.
The ro
reach
your d
destin
direct
the ro
m
0
0
3
In 300 m
right turn
m
0
Some points where the road divides
on highways or toll roads may not
be displayed or announced.
The Intersection Zoom Map may not The announced distance to an
always agree with the actual shape
of the intersection.
upcoming turn may differ slightly
from reality.
36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The navigation system is just a support system for the driver. The driver should always pay
attention to the traffic situation to safely make decisions. You may be unable to arrive at your
destination due to out-of-date information on a map disc. You should be especially careful
when selecting an urgent destination such as a hospital or a police station.
nce
Warning
Route Search
ap. But, as you
and GPS data.
Although you may encounter the following problems in a route search, there is nothing
wrong with the system.
The guide map may
It may also show roads
show roads that are not
that are out of use due
passable due to closure
to the opening of a new
in winter or for other
road or for other
reasons.
It may also show
roads that only permit
one-way traffic.
reasons.
ng an intersection
a road branches
a small angle
Road
out of
use
Destination
CAR FERRY
?
?
?
which
exit?
Depending upon the shape of
roundabout (rotary), the guide
map may show a wrong exit.
getting off a
oat or
e train
?
• There may be cases
where the route remains
unchanged after another
search.
• A congested route may
be shown.
Destination
othing wrong
?
?
?
Destination
e planned route
ter you have
ute such as
ly.
It may show a
common road under
or over an elevated
road.
The route shown only
reaches a point near
your destination if your
destination has no
direct access road or
the road is too narrow.
m
0
It may show a route
where you'll have to
make a U-turn.
?
nce to an
ffer slightly
Destination
37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Verification First
Troubleshooting
Note
There may be some problems due to operational errors or mistakes. Please read this
manual again and verify that there really is a problem before calling an Authorized Mazda
Dealer to ask for repair services.
Symptom
Check point
Sympto
No GPS sy
are display
GCheck if a fuse has been blown.
a
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
No picture
GCheck if the voltage level of the vehicle battery is low.
a
Recharge the battery or change batteries.
The vehicle
position is
displayed
GCheck if the vehicle position changed when ACC was set to
OFF.
When, for example,
The vehicle
position is not
correct
G
G
G
The vehicle was transported by a ferry boat.
The vehicle was rotated on a turn table in a parking lot.
The vehicle was transported by a tow track or other such
vehicle.
Drive the vehicle for a while where you are receiving
GPS signals.
No voice gu
a
Buttons in
remote con
do not bee
No map disp
(blank scre
38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
First
d this
ed Mazda
Symptom
Check point
GGPS signals may not be received because of obstructions.
After moving the vehicle away from obstructions, the GPS
signals can be received.
No GPS symbols
are displayed
low.
The vehicle
position is not
displayed
GCheck if the mode is set to the map mode.
a
Press
POS
GCheck if the volume control for the voice guidance is
adjusted to zero.
was set to
GCheck if the vehicle is off the route.
a
Repeat the route search while checking the route guide
screen.
No voice guidance
king lot.
her such
GCheck if you are driving the vehicle in the wrong direction on
the route.
a
Repeat the route search checking the direction of the
destination.
ceiving
Buttons in the
remote control
do not beep
GCheck if [Beep] is set to [Off] (
page 33).
No map displayed
(blank screen)
GCheck if the disc is wet, scratched, or dewy.
39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Error Messages
Troubleshooting
Main
Error message
Solution
Cleaning
Use a dry,
I
I
I
Route
GChange your destination and route, and repeat the route
Calculation failed
search.
Cautions
Never use so
Map disc
If you require
please refer
GThe disc is wet, dirty, scratched, or upside down, or the disc
Cannot Read Disc
cannot be played with this unit.
a
Eject the disc and check it.
GWhen the message appears in the opening screen:
IMa
This
spe
by u
use
a
Check if the map disc is wet from condensation,
scratched, or dirty. If the same message is displayed
when this operation is repeated after checking, then
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Caution
Accessing Data
Please wait....
GWhen the message appears during operation:
a
If the same message appears after repeating the
operation, then consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
How to h
GDo not to
GDo not m
GDo not be
I
I
I
G
When not
Please Select
another point.
* When entering
your destination
Unable to select
Destination.
Disc Clea
GUse a dry
GChange your destination and route, and repeat the route
search.
Do not le
GDirect su
GNear car
GIn dirty, d
GOn seats
40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
sages
Maintenance
Care of the Product
Cleaning this product
Use a dry, soft cloth to wipe it.
I
I
I
e route
Cautions for cleaning
Never use solvents such as benzene and thinners they may mar the surface of the unit.
Map disc
or the disc
If you require the latest map disc, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. For latest map disc information,
please refer to "Map Related Issues" on page 9.
Handling and Care of Map Discs
n:
IMap Disc
n,
This unit supports only DVD-SDAL-formatted map disc (SEAMLESS) that NAVTECH has
played
, then
Caution
specifically designed for this unit. Mazda shall not be liable for any damages caused
by using other formatted discs. Make sure to specify that a disc should be exclusively
used for this product when you purchase it.
he
How to hold the disc
Dealer.
I
I
I
Label side
GDo not touch the underside of the disc.
GDo not make scratches on the disc.
GDo not bend the disc.
G
When not in use, keep the disc in the case.
Disc Cleaning
GUse a dry, soft cloth to wipe from the center outward.
e route
<Right>
<Wrong>
Do not leave discs in the following places:
GDirect sunlight
GNear car heaters
GIn dirty, dusty and damp areas
GOn seats and dashboards
41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|